NextERP/documentation
5
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Odoo Translation Bot 2020-03-22 01:32:42 +01:00
parent 1c56b9f815
commit 5de0f21842
227 changed files with 134462 additions and 41761 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

4979
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

73
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari <ASH@smartway.co>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
msgid "Configuration"
@ -302,6 +303,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
msgstr "العملاء المحتملين المنشئين سيحملوا نفس إسم الشركة."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "التسعير"
@ -641,6 +643,75 @@ msgid ""
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
msgid ""
"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
"quickly get all the information you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
"Autocomplete* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
msgid ""
"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
" will be populated with corporate data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
msgid ""
"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
msgid ""
"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
"company name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr ""

31
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari <ASH@smartway.co>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -295,25 +295,30 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""

5
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Osoul <baruni@osoul.ly>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -936,7 +936,8 @@ msgid "How to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
msgid "Switch to developer mode."
msgid ""
"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89

280
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
msgid ""
"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
msgid "Create Mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
msgid ""
"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
" or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
"be redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
msgid ""
"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
"send it only to a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses will be shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"will delete the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
"*queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
msgstr ""

6
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Naser Al Ramahi <nar@smartway.co>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
"behaviour."
msgstr ""

350
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -21,92 +21,49 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@ -114,235 +71,179 @@ msgid ""
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping track of stock"
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@ -351,18 +252,135 @@ msgid ""
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

440
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

165
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed <abdalla.mhafeez@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgid ""
"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5
msgid ""
"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, "
"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk"
@ -39,21 +39,22 @@ msgid ""
"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10
msgid "Set up the After Sales services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: "
"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After"
" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite "
"Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21
msgid ""
"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For "
"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
@ -61,56 +62,56 @@ msgid ""
"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31
msgid ""
"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will "
"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40
msgid ""
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or "
"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on "
"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*."
"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50
msgid ""
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will"
" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59
msgid ""
"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the "
"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan "
"Intervention*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
@ -118,61 +119,62 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > "
"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*."
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is "
"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*."
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*."
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable "
"*Closing Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be "
"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage "
"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > "
"Applied*."
":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> "
"Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
@ -223,12 +225,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
"the lower right-hand side."
"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
msgid ""
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@ -236,52 +237,52 @@ msgid ""
"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
msgid ""
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
msgid ""
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
"documentation `here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
msgid ""
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@ -289,105 +290,105 @@ msgid ""
"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
msgid ""
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
msgid ""
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
msgid ""
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
msgid ""
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
msgid ""
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
msgid "Red - Blocked"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
msgid ""
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
"Ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
msgid ""
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
"timesheets will log against."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
msgid ""
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
"ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
msgid ""
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
@ -550,36 +551,36 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
msgid ""
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "الإعدادات"
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the "
"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on "
"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be "
"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from"
" tasks*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under "
"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and "
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
msgid ""
"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the "
"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
msgstr ""

705
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

371
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ar\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
msgid ""
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
"of linking your employees to goals."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
msgid ""
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
" in a graph form and in numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
" email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
"have matched the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
msgid ""
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
msgid ""
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
"domain one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
"the total number of participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
"*Rejected*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
msgid ""
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
msgid ""
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
"the beginning (parent action)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
msgid ""
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
msgid ""
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
"integrated with *Contacts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
msgid ""
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
"installed in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
msgid ""
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
"will stop running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
"for this specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
msgid "Add Child Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
msgid ""
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
"or not, the email bounced back."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
msgid "How to work with filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
msgid ""
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
"within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
msgid ""
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
"called a *branch* (...)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
msgid ""
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
" rule or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
"name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
"solved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
"mistakes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
msgid "Launch a test"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
msgid ""
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
" be shown on the status bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
"campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
"*Cancel*."
msgstr ""

21
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar <shaima.safar@open-inside.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -193,36 +193,35 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
msgid ""
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
"mode*."
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
msgid ""
"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
"Configurations`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
"credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
"Methods` and create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
msgid ""
"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
msgstr ""

16
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -749,11 +749,7 @@ msgid ""
"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
msgid ""
"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@ -765,26 +761,26 @@ msgid ""
"supplier or enter a new one)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
msgid ""
"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
msgid ""
"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

82
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari <ASH@smartway.co>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -416,25 +416,27 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
msgid ""
"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
"wish to synchronize and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
" PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
msgid ""
"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@ -442,18 +444,18 @@ msgid ""
"products partially by using backorders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
msgid ""
"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
"it) is on its way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
msgid ""
"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@ -464,14 +466,14 @@ msgid ""
"under the FBA program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
msgid ""
"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
msgid ""
"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@ -483,24 +485,24 @@ msgid ""
" your account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
msgid ""
"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
msgid ""
"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
"orders based on the sales team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
msgid ""
"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@ -511,11 +513,11 @@ msgid ""
"account by the amount received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
msgid ""
"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@ -523,13 +525,13 @@ msgid ""
" of your company's accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
msgid ""
"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@ -619,16 +621,17 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
msgid ""
"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
msgid "Configure taxes of products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
msgid ""
"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@ -637,7 +640,7 @@ msgid ""
" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
msgid ""
"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@ -799,8 +802,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
msgid ""
"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
" the developer mode`"
"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
@ -913,7 +915,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@ -1147,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
"the subscription product your previously created."
"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
@ -1235,6 +1236,13 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
msgid ""
"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@ -2426,8 +2434,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

615
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -25,491 +25,548 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
"data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
msgid ""
"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
"he’s not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
msgid ""
"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
msgid ""
"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
"delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
msgid ""
"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
"there are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
"must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of my SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
msgid ""
"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
msgid ""
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
"distribution a lot easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
msgid "Contact lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
msgid ""
"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
"easier."
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my "
"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the"
" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to "
"allow them to update their subscription preferences."
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"specific list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
msgid ""
"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
msgid ""
"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
"ability to better understand them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
msgid ""
"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
"promotions a customer has received or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "القائمة السوداء"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
msgid ""
"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > "
"Import*."
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
msgid ""
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
"Import`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
"app isn’t different!"
"costumers, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
msgid ""
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email "
"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
msgid ""
"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
"marketing ones."
"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
"your email marketing ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
msgid ""
"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
msgid ""
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
" example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > "
"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*."
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
"SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > "
"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need."
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
msgid ""
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
"the context."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
"notable integrations:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
"document online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
msgid ""
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
msgid ""
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
msgid ""
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
"remember what the mailing is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
"receive your SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
msgid ""
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
"one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
"get data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
msgid ""
"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
"is not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
msgid ""
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
msgid ""
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
"to be delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
msgid ""
"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
msgid ""
"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
" are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
msgid ""
"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
msgid ""
"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of your SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
msgid ""
"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "التسعير"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
"prepaid credits* to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
msgid ""
"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or"
" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
" that includes the following characters:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
msgid ""
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
"represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
"characters) of the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
"your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21
msgid "FAQ"
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
msgid "More common questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24
msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
msgid "Yes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
"send them all?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> "
"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS."
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
"lose credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
"credit will be lost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
" ticket for a festival)?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
"charged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66
msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
msgid ""
"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
"be seen in the following picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75
msgid ""
"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
" represents."
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""

378
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -18,151 +18,339 @@ msgstr ""
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n"
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Topics"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
" content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
msgid ""
"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
"Odoo Social Marketing application."
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
" like."
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
"transaction (paid)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
msgid ""
"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, "
"Retweet,..)"
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
"content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
"application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
msgid ""
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
"last date and time the user was connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
msgid ""
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
"an existing partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
"own website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
msgid ""
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
msgid ""
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
msgid ""
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
" automatically added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
" customize your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
"*Insights*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
msgid ""
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
"creation of content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
msgid "Publish content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
msgid ""
"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
"of how it will look when published."
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
msgid ""
"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
" previous paragraph."
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
msgid ""
"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
"notifications permission request."
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
"Homepage)."
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
msgid "Ask users for permission"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
msgid ""
"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
msgid ""
"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API "
"keys."
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
msgid "Send notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
msgid "Individually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
msgid "To a group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
msgid ""
"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
msgid ""
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
"archived."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
msgid "By rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
msgid ""
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
"that match the rules you set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
msgstr ""

281
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -5,18 +5,16 @@
#
# Translators:
# Mustafa Rawi <mustafa@cubexco.com>, 2020
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Osama Ahmaro <osamaahmaro@gmail.com>, 2020
# Shaima Safar <shaima.safar@open-inside.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar <shaima.safar@open-inside.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Osama Ahmaro <osamaahmaro@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -263,246 +261,6 @@ msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
msgid "First of all..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
msgid ""
"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
"documentation of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
msgid "Edit an existing page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
msgid ""
"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
"account>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
msgid ""
"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
"the right version of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
"repository**, else you won't see this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
msgid ""
"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
"quick overview of RST commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
msgid ""
"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
" format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
msgid ""
"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
"longer explanation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
msgid ""
"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
"help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
msgid ""
"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
"your contribution message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
msgid ""
"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Code"
msgstr "الكود"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Display"
msgstr "عرض"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "التعليقات"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
msgid "Text in *italics*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Numbered"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
msgid "Bullet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
msgid "List"
msgstr "القائمة"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid ""
"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
msgid ""
"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
"RST."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
msgid "Add images to your documents"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
msgid ""
"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
"improving this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
msgid ""
"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
msgid ""
"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
"any personal data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
msgid ""
"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
msgid ""
"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
msgid "Submit your changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
msgid ""
"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
msgid ""
"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
msgid "Developer documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
msgid ""
"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
msgid ""
"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
@ -637,48 +395,49 @@ msgid ""
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "your subscription number,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
msgid ""
"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
"send the URL of your database."
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
msgid "your subscription number"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid ""
"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
"Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
"bugfix services."
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""

225
locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: amrnegm <amrnegm.01@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@ -912,10 +912,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
msgid ""
"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
"from their original versions."
"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
"not transformed from their original versions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
@ -1146,10 +1147,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
msgid ""
"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
"reset the file after system upgrades."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish.rst:3
@ -1545,18 +1547,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
msgid ""
"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
"installation`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
msgid ""
"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@ -1565,11 +1568,11 @@ msgid ""
"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
msgid "Publish specific content per website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
msgid ""
"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@ -1577,93 +1580,93 @@ msgid ""
"blank. This will publish it in all the websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
msgid ""
"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
"websites*:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
msgid "Products"
msgstr "المنتجات"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
msgid "Blogs"
msgstr "المدونات"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
msgid "Slide Channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
msgid "Forums"
msgstr "المنتديات"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
msgid "Events"
msgstr "الفعاليات"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
msgid "Job Positions"
msgstr "المناصب الوظيفية"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
msgid ""
"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
"product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
msgid ""
"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
msgid ""
"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
"and set the new website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
msgid ""
"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
"being linked to all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
msgid ""
"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
"page behind each edited page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
msgid "Multi-companies"
msgstr "تعدد الشركات"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
msgid ""
"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
"companies environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
msgid ""
"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
"(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
msgid ""
"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@ -1671,46 +1674,46 @@ msgid ""
"visitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
msgid ""
"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
" selector in the menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
msgid ""
"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
msgid "Products only available on one website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
msgid ""
"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
"edit form. Empty means available in all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
msgid ""
"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
"should duplicate the product for each website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
msgid ""
"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@ -1719,41 +1722,41 @@ msgid ""
"converted into the storable item in the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
msgid "Pricelists"
msgstr "قوائم الأسعار"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
msgid ""
"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
"Prices per Product* in Website settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
"additional pricelists. See "
":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
msgid ""
"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
"this website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
msgid ""
"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
msgid ""
"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@ -1761,11 +1764,11 @@ msgid ""
"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
msgid "Customer accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
msgid ""
"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@ -1774,42 +1777,148 @@ msgid ""
"the visitor mind."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
msgid "Technical hints for customization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
msgid ""
"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
" make it work with multi websites:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
msgid "Access: you should call the method"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
msgid ""
"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
" can see a record in the current website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
msgid ""
"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
msgid ""
"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
msgid "Restart the server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
msgid ""
"`CLI documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
msgid ""
"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
"notice/>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
msgid ""
"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
msgid ""
"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
"address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
msgid ""
"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
"reason :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
msgid ""
"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
msgid ""
"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
"`--proxy-mode "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
msgid "How to translate my website"
msgstr ""

4996
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

73
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Meyer, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
msgid "Configuration"
@ -298,6 +299,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Preiskalkulation"
@ -636,6 +638,75 @@ msgid ""
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
msgid ""
"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
"quickly get all the information you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
"Autocomplete* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
msgid ""
"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
" will be populated with corporate data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
msgid ""
"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
msgid ""
"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
"company name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr ""

31
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -295,25 +295,30 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""

5
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -935,7 +935,8 @@ msgid "How to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
msgid "Switch to developer mode."
msgid ""
"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89

284
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
msgid ""
"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
msgid "Create Mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
msgid ""
"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
" or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
"be redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
msgid ""
"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
"send it only to a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses will be shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"will delete the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
"*queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
msgstr ""

6
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
"behaviour."
msgstr ""

350
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr "Außendienst"
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid ""
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping track of stock"
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid ""
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

370
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -45,52 +45,51 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
"Then click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
@ -177,7 +176,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid ""
"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
msgstr ""
@ -267,19 +266,19 @@ msgid ""
"already done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
msgid "How to adapt the template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
@ -287,17 +286,17 @@ msgid ""
"corresponding field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38
msgid ""
"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
"on the very next time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43
msgid "How to import from another application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
@ -307,18 +306,18 @@ msgid ""
" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
msgid ""
"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
"whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61
msgid ""
"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
@ -329,18 +328,18 @@ msgid ""
" default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
"complete list of fields for each column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
@ -350,7 +349,7 @@ msgid ""
"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
@ -358,7 +357,7 @@ msgid ""
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
@ -366,11 +365,11 @@ msgid ""
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
@ -380,56 +379,56 @@ msgid ""
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
@ -437,100 +436,101 @@ msgid ""
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check "
"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> "
"Encoding tab`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
@ -538,13 +538,13 @@ msgid ""
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
@ -553,23 +553,23 @@ msgid ""
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
":download:`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
":download:`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
@ -580,20 +580,20 @@ msgid ""
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
@ -601,64 +601,64 @@ msgid ""
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some "
"quotations you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
":download:`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
":download:`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
@ -668,17 +668,17 @@ msgid ""
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
@ -686,11 +686,11 @@ msgid ""
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
@ -698,57 +698,56 @@ msgid ""
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
@ -756,6 +755,79 @@ msgid ""
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3
msgid "Developer Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8
msgid "Through the Settings application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate"
" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20
msgid ""
"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23
msgid "Through a browser extension"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo "
"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your "
"toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28
msgid ""
"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of "
"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use"
" a single click."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35
msgid "Through the URL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37
msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44
msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47
msgid "Locate the mode tools"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49
msgid ""
"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* "
"button, located on the header of your pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3
msgid "In-App Purchase"
msgstr ""
@ -764,100 +836,102 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5
msgid ""
"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For"
" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by "
"post directly from my database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9
msgid "Buying Credits"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11
msgid ""
"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. "
"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> "
"Odoo IAP > View my Services*."
"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19
msgid ""
"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit "
"from free credits to test our IAP features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
msgid "IAP accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25
msgid ""
"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific "
"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all "
"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app "
"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*."
"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34
msgid "IAP Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36
msgid ""
"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible "
"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my"
" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a "
"reminder to when credits are low."
"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From "
"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my "
"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44
msgid "Get notified when credits are low"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
msgid ""
"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP "
"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service"
" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum"
" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is "
"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!"
"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my "
"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. "
"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, "
"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to "
"by email!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56
msgid "IAP services available"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58
msgid ""
"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your "
"Database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60
msgid ""
"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used "
"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by "
"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66
msgid "Offering my own services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68
msgid ""
"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is"
" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use"
" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, "
"find more information at: `In-App Purchase "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
@ -902,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"Refer to our `Pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
@ -915,7 +989,7 @@ msgid ""
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"

165
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgid ""
"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5
msgid ""
"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, "
"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk"
@ -40,21 +40,22 @@ msgid ""
"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10
msgid "Set up the After Sales services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: "
"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After"
" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite "
"Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
msgstr "Gutschriften aus Tickets generieren"
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21
msgid ""
"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For "
"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
@ -62,56 +63,56 @@ msgid ""
"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
msgstr "Produktrückgaben von Tickets zulassen"
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31
msgid ""
"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will "
"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40
msgid ""
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or "
"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on "
"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*."
"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50
msgid ""
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will"
" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59
msgid ""
"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the "
"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan "
"Intervention*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
@ -119,61 +120,62 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "Kunden erlauben, ihre Tickets zu schließen"
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > "
"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*."
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is "
"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*."
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*."
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable "
"*Closing Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be "
"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage "
"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > "
"Applied*."
":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> "
"Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
@ -224,12 +226,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
"the lower right-hand side."
"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
msgid ""
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@ -237,52 +238,52 @@ msgid ""
"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
msgid ""
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
msgid ""
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
"documentation `here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
msgid ""
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@ -290,105 +291,105 @@ msgid ""
"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
msgid ""
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
msgid ""
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
msgid ""
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
msgid ""
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
msgid ""
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
msgid "Red - Blocked"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
msgid ""
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
"Ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
msgid ""
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
"timesheets will log against."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
msgid ""
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
"ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
msgid ""
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
@ -551,36 +552,36 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
msgid ""
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the "
"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on "
"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be "
"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from"
" tasks*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under "
"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and "
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
msgid ""
"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the "
"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
msgstr ""

705
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

378
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: de\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr "Marketing-Automatisierung"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Fortgeschritten"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
msgstr "Kennzahlen verstehen"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
msgid ""
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
"of linking your employees to goals."
msgstr ""
"Kennzahlen sind Werte die Ihnen dabei helfen Fortschritt zu messen. Sie "
"können ein mächtiges Werkzeug sein, um Ihre Mitarbeiter dabei zu "
"unterstützen ihre Ziele zu erreichen."
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
msgid ""
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
" in a graph form and in numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
" email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
msgstr "20 Datensätze erfüllen die Bedingungen."
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
"have matched the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
msgid ""
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
msgid ""
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
"domain one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
"the total number of participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
"*Rejected*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
msgid ""
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
msgid ""
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
"the beginning (parent action)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
msgstr ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
msgstr ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
msgstr ":doc:`../overview/test`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
msgid ""
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
msgid ""
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
"integrated with *Contacts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
msgid ""
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
"installed in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
msgid ""
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
"will stop running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
"for this specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
msgid "Add Child Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
msgid ""
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
"or not, the email bounced back."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
msgstr ":doc:`segment`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
msgid "How to work with filters"
msgstr "Mit Filtern arbeiten"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
msgid ""
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
"within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
msgid ""
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
"called a *branch* (...)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
msgid ""
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
" rule or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr "Anwendungsfälle"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
"name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
"solved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ":doc:`automate_actions`"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr "Test starten und eine Kampagne beginnen"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
"mistakes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
msgid "Launch a test"
msgstr "Einen Test starten"
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
msgstr "Klicke auf *Einen Test starten*."
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
msgid ""
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
" be shown on the status bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
"campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
"*Cancel*."
msgstr ""

21
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -194,36 +194,35 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
msgid ""
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
"mode*."
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
msgid ""
"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
"Configurations`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
"credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
"Methods` and create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
msgid ""
"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
msgstr ""

16
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -748,11 +748,7 @@ msgid ""
"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
msgid ""
"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@ -764,26 +760,26 @@ msgid ""
"supplier or enter a new one)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
msgid ""
"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
msgid ""
"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

82
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Katharina Moritz <kmo@e2f.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -416,25 +416,27 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
msgid ""
"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
"wish to synchronize and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
" PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
msgid ""
"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@ -442,18 +444,18 @@ msgid ""
"products partially by using backorders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
msgid ""
"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
"it) is on its way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
msgid ""
"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@ -464,14 +466,14 @@ msgid ""
"under the FBA program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
msgid ""
"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
msgid ""
"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@ -483,24 +485,24 @@ msgid ""
" your account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
msgid ""
"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
msgid ""
"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
"orders based on the sales team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
msgid ""
"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@ -511,11 +513,11 @@ msgid ""
"account by the amount received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
msgid ""
"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@ -523,13 +525,13 @@ msgid ""
" of your company's accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
msgid ""
"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@ -619,16 +621,17 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
msgid ""
"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
msgid "Configure taxes of products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
msgid ""
"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@ -637,7 +640,7 @@ msgid ""
" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
msgid ""
"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@ -799,8 +802,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
msgid ""
"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
" the developer mode`"
"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
@ -913,7 +915,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@ -1147,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
"the subscription product your previously created."
"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
@ -1235,6 +1236,13 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
msgid ""
"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@ -2426,8 +2434,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

615
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -27,491 +27,548 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr "SMS Marketing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
"data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
msgid ""
"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
"he’s not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
msgid ""
"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
msgid ""
"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
"delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
msgid ""
"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
"there are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
"must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of my SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
msgid ""
"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
msgid ""
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
"distribution a lot easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
msgid "Contact lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
msgid ""
"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
"easier."
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my "
"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the"
" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to "
"allow them to update their subscription preferences."
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"specific list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
msgid ""
"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
msgid ""
"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
"ability to better understand them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
msgid ""
"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
"promotions a customer has received or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "Schwarze Liste"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
msgid ""
"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > "
"Import*."
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
msgid ""
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
"Import`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
"app isn’t different!"
"costumers, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
msgid ""
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email "
"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
msgid ""
"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
"marketing ones."
"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
"your email marketing ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
msgid ""
"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
msgid ""
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
" example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > "
"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*."
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
"SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > "
"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need."
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
msgid ""
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
"the context."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
"notable integrations:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
"document online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
msgid ""
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
msgid ""
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
msgid ""
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
"remember what the mailing is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
"receive your SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
msgid ""
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
"one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
"get data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
msgid ""
"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
"is not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
msgid ""
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
msgid ""
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
"to be delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
msgid ""
"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
msgid ""
"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
" are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
msgid ""
"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
msgid ""
"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of your SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
msgid ""
"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Preiskalkulation"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
"prepaid credits* to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
msgid ""
"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or"
" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
" that includes the following characters:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
msgid ""
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
"represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
"characters) of the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
"your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21
msgid "FAQ"
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
msgid "More common questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24
msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
msgid "Yes."
msgstr "Ja."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
"send them all?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> "
"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS."
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
"lose credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
"credit will be lost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
" ticket for a festival)?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
"charged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66
msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
msgid ""
"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
"be seen in the following picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75
msgid ""
"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
" represents."
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""

378
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -22,151 +22,339 @@ msgstr ""
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr "Social Marketing"
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Topics"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
" content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
msgid ""
"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
"Odoo Social Marketing application."
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
" like."
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
"transaction (paid)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
msgid ""
"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, "
"Retweet,..)"
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
"content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
"application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
msgid ""
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
"last date and time the user was connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
msgid ""
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
"an existing partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
"own website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
msgid ""
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
msgid ""
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
msgid ""
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
" automatically added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
" customize your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
"*Insights*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
msgid ""
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
"creation of content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
msgid "Publish content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
msgid ""
"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
"of how it will look when published."
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
msgid ""
"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
" previous paragraph."
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
msgid ""
"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
"notifications permission request."
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
"Homepage)."
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
msgid "Ask users for permission"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
msgid ""
"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
msgid ""
"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API "
"keys."
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
msgid "Send notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
msgid "Individually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
msgid "To a group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
msgid ""
"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
msgid ""
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
"archived."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
msgid "By rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
msgid ""
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
"that match the rules you set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
msgstr ""

277
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -261,246 +261,6 @@ msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
msgid "First of all..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
msgid ""
"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
"documentation of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
msgid "Edit an existing page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
msgid ""
"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
"account>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
msgid ""
"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
"the right version of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
"repository**, else you won't see this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
msgid ""
"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
"quick overview of RST commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
msgid ""
"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
" format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
msgid ""
"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
"longer explanation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
msgid ""
"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
"help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
msgid ""
"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
"your contribution message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
msgid ""
"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Code"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Anzeige"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "Kommentare"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
msgid "Text in *italics*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Numbered"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
msgid "Bullet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
msgid "List"
msgstr "Liste"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid ""
"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
msgid ""
"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
"RST."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
msgid "Add images to your documents"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
msgid ""
"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
"improving this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
msgid ""
"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
msgid ""
"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
"any personal data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
msgid ""
"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
msgid ""
"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
msgid "Submit your changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
msgid ""
"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
msgid ""
"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
msgid "Developer documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
msgid ""
"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
msgid ""
"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
@ -635,48 +395,49 @@ msgid ""
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "your subscription number,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
msgid ""
"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
"send the URL of your database."
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
msgid "your subscription number"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid ""
"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
"Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
"bugfix services."
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""

225
locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -915,10 +915,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
msgid ""
"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
"from their original versions."
"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
"not transformed from their original versions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
@ -1149,10 +1150,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
msgid ""
"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
"reset the file after system upgrades."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish.rst:3
@ -1549,18 +1551,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
msgid ""
"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
"installation`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
msgid ""
"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@ -1569,11 +1572,11 @@ msgid ""
"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
msgid "Publish specific content per website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
msgid ""
"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@ -1581,93 +1584,93 @@ msgid ""
"blank. This will publish it in all the websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
msgid ""
"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
"websites*:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Produkte"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
msgid "Blogs"
msgstr "Blogs"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
msgid "Slide Channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
msgid "Forums"
msgstr "Forenverzeichnis"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Events"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
msgid "Job Positions"
msgstr "Arbeitsstellen"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
msgid ""
"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
"product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
msgid ""
"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
msgid ""
"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
"and set the new website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
msgid ""
"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
"being linked to all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
msgid ""
"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
"page behind each edited page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
msgid "Multi-companies"
msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
msgid ""
"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
"companies environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
msgid ""
"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
"(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
msgid ""
"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@ -1675,46 +1678,46 @@ msgid ""
"visitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
msgid ""
"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
" selector in the menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
msgid ""
"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
msgid "Products only available on one website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
msgid ""
"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
"edit form. Empty means available in all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
msgid ""
"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
"should duplicate the product for each website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
msgid ""
"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@ -1723,41 +1726,41 @@ msgid ""
"converted into the storable item in the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
msgid "Pricelists"
msgstr "Preislisten"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
msgid ""
"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
"Prices per Product* in Website settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
"additional pricelists. See "
":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
msgid ""
"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
"this website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
msgid ""
"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
msgid ""
"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@ -1765,11 +1768,11 @@ msgid ""
"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
msgid "Customer accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
msgid ""
"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@ -1778,42 +1781,148 @@ msgid ""
"the visitor mind."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
msgid "Technical hints for customization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
msgid ""
"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
" make it work with multi websites:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
msgid "Access: you should call the method"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
msgid ""
"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
" can see a record in the current website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
msgid ""
"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
msgid ""
"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
msgid "Restart the server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
msgid ""
"`CLI documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
msgid ""
"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
"notice/>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
msgid ""
"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
msgid ""
"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
"address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
msgid ""
"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
"reason :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
msgid ""
"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
msgid ""
"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
"`--proxy-mode "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
msgid "How to translate my website"
msgstr ""

5762
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

73
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
msgid "Configuration"
@ -307,6 +308,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Precio"
@ -661,6 +663,75 @@ msgid ""
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
msgid ""
"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
"quickly get all the information you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
"Autocomplete* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
msgid ""
"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
" will be populated with corporate data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
msgid ""
"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
msgid ""
"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
"company name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr ""

31
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -300,25 +300,30 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""

7
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -1079,8 +1079,9 @@ msgid "How to:"
msgstr "¿Cómo?:"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
msgid "Switch to developer mode."
msgstr "Cambiar a modo de desarrollador"
msgid ""
"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."

280
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
msgid ""
"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
msgid "Create Mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
msgid ""
"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
" or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
"be redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
msgid ""
"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
"send it only to a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses will be shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"will delete the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
"*queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
msgstr ""

6
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
"behaviour."
msgstr ""

350
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr "Servicio externo"
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid ""
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping track of stock"
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid ""
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

647
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

279
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -4,18 +4,21 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018
# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2018
# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020
# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2020
# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2020
# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020
# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -25,7 +28,158 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "Ayuda"
msgstr "Helpdesk"
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3
msgid ""
"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5
msgid ""
"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, "
"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk"
" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do "
"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10
msgid "Set up the After Sales services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After"
" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite "
"Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
msgstr "Generar notas de crédito desde los tickets"
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21
msgid ""
"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For "
"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be "
"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
msgstr "Permitir la devolución de productos de las entradas"
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31
msgid ""
"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will "
"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40
msgid ""
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or "
"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on "
"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50
msgid ""
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will"
" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59
msgid ""
"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the "
"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan "
"Intervention*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "Permitir a los clientes cerrar sus tickets"
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable "
"*Closing Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be "
"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage "
"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> "
"Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
@ -75,12 +229,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
"the lower right-hand side."
"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
msgid ""
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@ -88,52 +241,52 @@ msgid ""
"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
msgstr "Iniciar recibiendo tickets"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
msgid ""
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
msgid ""
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
"documentation `here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
msgid ""
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@ -141,105 +294,105 @@ msgid ""
"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
msgid ""
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
msgid ""
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
msgid ""
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
msgid ""
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
msgid ""
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
msgstr "Gris - Estado Normal"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
msgid "Red - Blocked"
msgstr "Rojo - Bloqueado"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
msgstr "Verde - Listo para la siguiente etapa"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
msgid ""
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
"Ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
msgid ""
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
"timesheets will log against."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
msgid ""
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
"ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
msgid ""
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
@ -397,3 +550,41 @@ msgid ""
"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3
msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
msgid ""
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración"
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under "
"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and "
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
msgid ""
"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the "
"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
msgstr ""

8706
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

371
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
msgid ""
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
"of linking your employees to goals."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
msgid ""
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
" in a graph form and in numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
" email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
"have matched the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
msgid ""
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
msgid ""
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
"domain one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
"the total number of participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
"*Rejected*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
msgid ""
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
msgid ""
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
"the beginning (parent action)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
msgid ""
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
msgid ""
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
"integrated with *Contacts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
msgid ""
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
"installed in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
msgid ""
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
"will stop running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
"for this specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
msgid "Add Child Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
msgid ""
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
"or not, the email bounced back."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
msgid "How to work with filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
msgid ""
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
"within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
msgid ""
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
"called a *branch* (...)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
msgid ""
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
" rule or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
"name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
"solved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
"mistakes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
msgid "Launch a test"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
msgid ""
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
" be shown on the status bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
"campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
"*Cancel*."
msgstr ""

21
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -196,36 +196,35 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
msgid ""
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
"mode*."
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
msgid ""
"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
"Configurations`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
"credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
"Methods` and create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
msgid ""
"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
msgstr ""

16
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -921,11 +921,7 @@ msgstr ""
" marcha, haga clic en **Crear y Editar**. En el campo **Fecha de pedido**, "
"seleccione la fecha en la que desea continuar con el orden real."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
msgstr "Vista de la *Solicitud de Cotización* en la demostración en línea"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
msgid ""
"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@ -947,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr ""
"correo electrónico sea especifica para este proveedor o introduzca uno "
"nuevo)."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
msgid ""
"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
@ -955,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Después de haber hecho clic en **Enviar**, usted se dará cuenta de que el "
"estado de la petición de oferta pasará de **Borrador** a **RFQ enviados**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
@ -966,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr ""
" impuestos, plazo de entrega previsto, condiciones de pago, etc.), a "
"continuación, haga clic en **Guardar** para emitir una Orden de Compra."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
@ -974,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Para continuar con la orden, haga clic en **Confirmar Orden** para enviar el"
" pedido al proveedor. El estado del RfQ cambiará a **Orden de Compra**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
msgid ""
"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

84
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Nacho Hermoso <nacho@domatix.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -443,25 +443,27 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
msgid ""
"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
"wish to synchronize and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
" PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
msgid ""
"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@ -469,18 +471,18 @@ msgid ""
"products partially by using backorders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
msgid ""
"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
"it) is on its way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
msgid ""
"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@ -491,14 +493,14 @@ msgid ""
"under the FBA program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
msgid ""
"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
msgid ""
"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@ -510,24 +512,24 @@ msgid ""
" your account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
msgid ""
"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
msgid ""
"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
"orders based on the sales team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
msgid ""
"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@ -538,11 +540,11 @@ msgid ""
"account by the amount received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
msgid ""
"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@ -550,13 +552,13 @@ msgid ""
" of your company's accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
msgid ""
"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@ -646,16 +648,17 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
msgid ""
"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
msgid "Configure taxes of products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
msgid ""
"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@ -664,7 +667,7 @@ msgid ""
" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
msgid ""
"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@ -870,8 +873,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
msgid ""
"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
" the developer mode`"
"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
@ -1003,7 +1005,6 @@ msgstr ""
" menuselection: `Apps -> Gastos` para instalarlo."
#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@ -1265,10 +1266,8 @@ msgstr "Hacer una suscripción de un pedido de venta"
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
"the subscription product your previously created."
"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
msgstr ""
"Desde la aplicación de ventas, crea una cotización para el cliente deseado y"
" selecciona el producto de suscripción que creaste anteriormente."
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
msgid ""
@ -1377,6 +1376,13 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
msgstr "A partir de la orden de venta, puede facturar esas horas."
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
msgid ""
"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@ -2762,8 +2768,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados"
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

613
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -4,8 +4,6 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2020
# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020
# Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2020
# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020
#
@ -14,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -28,495 +26,548 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr "Marketing por SMS"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
"data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
msgid ""
"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
"he’s not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
msgid ""
"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
msgid ""
"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
"delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
msgid ""
"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
"there are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
"must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of my SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
msgid ""
"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
msgid ""
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
"distribution a lot easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
msgid "Contact lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
msgid ""
"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
"easier."
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`. I’ll "
"choose a name for my *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I "
"would like to make the mailing list accessible to my recipients in the "
"unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"specific list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
msgid ""
"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
msgid ""
"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
"ability to better understand them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
msgid ""
"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
"promotions a customer has received or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "Lista negra"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
msgid ""
"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
"my database. For that, I’ll go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone "
"Blacklist --> Import`."
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
msgid ""
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
"Import`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
"app isn’t different!"
"costumers, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
msgid ""
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:16
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
msgid ""
"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
"marketing ones."
"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
"your email marketing ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:21
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
msgid ""
"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:28
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
msgid ""
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
" example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:34
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to "
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
"SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:41
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:42
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates` and "
"create the content I need."
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
msgid ""
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
"the context."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
"notable integrations:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:62
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
"document online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:64
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
msgid ""
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:65
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
msgid ""
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:67
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
msgid ""
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
"remember what the mailing is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
"receive your SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
msgid ""
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
"one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
"get data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
msgid ""
"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
"is not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
msgid ""
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
msgid ""
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
"to be delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
msgid ""
"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
msgid ""
"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
" are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
msgid ""
"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
msgid ""
"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of your SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
msgid ""
"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Precio"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
"prepaid credits* to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:14
msgid ""
"To buy credits I will go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits` "
"(under *Send SMS*); or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services` "
"(under *Odoo IAP*)."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:23
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
" that includes the following characters:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
msgid ""
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
"represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
"characters) of the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
"your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:27
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
msgid "More common questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:35
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:37
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:39
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
msgid "Yes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:41
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:43
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:45
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
"send them all?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:47
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode --> Technical --> "
"SMS`."
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
"lose credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
"credit will be lost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:65
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
" ticket for a festival)?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
"charged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:72
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:74
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:76
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:79
msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:81
msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:83
msgid ""
"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
"be seen in the following picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:89
msgid ""
"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
" represents."
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""

380
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
View File

@ -3,17 +3,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -22,147 +18,339 @@ msgstr ""
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Topics"
msgstr "Temas avanzados"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
" content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
msgid ""
"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
"Odoo Social Marketing application."
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
" like."
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
"transaction (paid)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
msgid ""
"Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel have "
"created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, Retweet,..)"
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
"content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
"application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
msgid ""
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
"last date and time the user was connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
msgid ""
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
"an existing partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
"own website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
msgid ""
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
msgid ""
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
msgid ""
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
" automatically added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
" customize your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
"*Insights*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
msgid ""
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
"creation of content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
msgid "Publish content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
msgid ""
"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
"of how it will look when published."
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
msgid ""
"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
" previous paragraph."
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
msgid ""
"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
"notifications permission request."
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
"Homepage)."
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
msgid "Ask users for permission"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
msgid ""
"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
msgid ""
"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
"the developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and "
"enter your own API keys."
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
msgid "Send notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
msgid "Individually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
msgid "To a group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
msgid ""
"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
msgid ""
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
"archived."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
msgid "By rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
msgid ""
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
"that match the rules you set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
msgstr ""

236
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -263,240 +263,6 @@ msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
msgid "First of all..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
msgid ""
"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
"documentation of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
msgid "Edit an existing page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
msgid ""
"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
"account <https://github.com/join>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
msgid ""
"Pick a page in our :doc:`user documentation <../index>`. **Please take care "
"of selecting the right version of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:21
msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:27
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
"repository**, otherwise you won't see this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:29
msgid ""
"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
"quick overview of RST commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:37
msgid ""
"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
" format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
"longer explanation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:52
msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:53
msgid ""
"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
"help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:56
msgid ""
"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:58
msgid ""
"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
"your contribution message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
msgid ""
"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Código"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Mostrar en pantalla"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "Comentarios"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71
msgid "Text in *italics*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:75
msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Numbered"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:80 ../../support/user_doc.rst:86
msgid "Bullet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:81 ../../support/user_doc.rst:87
msgid "List"
msgstr "Lista"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91
msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91
msgid ""
"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:99
msgid ""
"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
"RST."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
msgid "Add images to your documents"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
msgid ""
"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
"improving this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:111
msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:113
msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:114
msgid ""
"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:116
msgid ""
"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
"any personal data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:118
msgid ""
"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:119
msgid ""
"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:127
msgid "Submit your changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:137
msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:139
msgid ""
"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone the `GitHub repository "
"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:142
msgid ""
"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:147
msgid "Developer documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149
msgid ""
"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:152
msgid ""
"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""

225
locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -1043,10 +1043,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
msgid ""
"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
"from their original versions."
"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
"not transformed from their original versions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
@ -1316,10 +1317,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
msgid ""
"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
"reset the file after system upgrades."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish.rst:3
@ -1748,18 +1750,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
msgid ""
"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
"installation`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
msgid ""
"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@ -1768,11 +1771,11 @@ msgid ""
"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
msgid "Publish specific content per website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
msgid ""
"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@ -1780,93 +1783,93 @@ msgid ""
"blank. This will publish it in all the websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
msgid ""
"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
"websites*:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Productos"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
msgid "Blogs"
msgstr "Blogs"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
msgid "Slide Channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
msgid "Forums"
msgstr "Foros"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Eventos"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
msgid "Job Positions"
msgstr "Puestos de trabajo"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
msgid ""
"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
"product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
msgid ""
"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
msgid ""
"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
"and set the new website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
msgid ""
"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
"being linked to all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
msgid ""
"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
"page behind each edited page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
msgid "Multi-companies"
msgstr "Multi-empresas"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
msgid ""
"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
"companies environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
msgid ""
"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
"(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
msgid ""
"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@ -1874,46 +1877,46 @@ msgid ""
"visitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
msgid ""
"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
" selector in the menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
msgid ""
"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
msgid "Products only available on one website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
msgid ""
"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
"edit form. Empty means available in all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
msgid ""
"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
"should duplicate the product for each website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
msgid ""
"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@ -1922,41 +1925,41 @@ msgid ""
"converted into the storable item in the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
msgid "Pricelists"
msgstr "Tarifas"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
msgid ""
"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
"Prices per Product* in Website settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
"additional pricelists. See "
":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
msgid ""
"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
"this website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
msgid ""
"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
msgid ""
"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@ -1964,11 +1967,11 @@ msgid ""
"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
msgid "Customer accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
msgid ""
"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@ -1977,42 +1980,148 @@ msgid ""
"the visitor mind."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
msgid "Technical hints for customization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
msgid ""
"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
" make it work with multi websites:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
msgid "Access: you should call the method"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
msgid ""
"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
" can see a record in the current website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
msgid ""
"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
msgid ""
"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
msgid "Restart the server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
msgid ""
"`CLI documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
msgid ""
"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
"notice/>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
msgid ""
"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
msgid ""
"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
"address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
msgid ""
"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
"reason :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
msgid ""
"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
msgid ""
"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
"`--proxy-mode "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
msgid "How to translate my website"
msgstr "Cómo traducir mi sitio web"

5636
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

73
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
msgid "Configuration"
@ -403,6 +404,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
msgstr "Les pistes générées auront le même nom que l'entreprise."
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Tarif"
@ -857,6 +859,75 @@ msgstr ""
"smartphone est que vos appels ne seront pas journalisés dans Odoo car "
"l'application agit comme un programme indépentant."
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
msgid ""
"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
"quickly get all the information you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
"Autocomplete* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
msgid ""
"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
" will be populated with corporate data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
msgid ""
"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
msgid ""
"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
"company name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr "Configurer votre serveur VoIP Asterisk pour Odoo"

5
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2019
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -385,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés;"
msgstr "Les emails sont envoyés;"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165
msgid ""

61
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -9,15 +9,16 @@
# kaj nithi <kajanth.nithiy@skipthedishes.ca>, 2019
# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -409,38 +410,32 @@ msgstr ""
"email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. *catchall@mydomain.ext* vers "
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo. Les objets alias peuvent "
"être édités depuis leur écran de configuration respectifs. Pour éditer le "
"catch-all et rejeter des alias, vous devez tout d'abord activer le mode "
"développeur depuis les paramètres du tableau de bord."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
"Actualisez ensuite votre écran et allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
"Technique --> Réglages --> Réglages du système` pour personnaliser les alias"
" (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, les messages entrants sont récupérés tous les 5 minutes par Odoo"
" sur site. Vous pouvez modifier cette valeur depuis le mode développeur. "
"Allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Automatisation --> "
"Actions planifiées` et recherchez *Email: Service fetchmail*."
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
@ -821,11 +816,11 @@ msgid ""
" a public channel."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez configurer le nom d'un canal, la description, les droits "
"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi de courriels dans "
":menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits "
"d'accès du canal vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque "
"canal. Vous pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les"
" utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. "
"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi d'emails dans :menuselection"
":`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits d'accès du canal "
"vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque canal. Vous "
"pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les "
"utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. "
"Notez que permettre à \"Tout le monde\" de suivre un canal privé va "
"permettre à d'autres utilisateurs de l'afficher et le rejoindre comme si "
"c'était un canal public."
@ -846,9 +841,9 @@ msgstr ""
"Un canal peut être configuré pour se comporter comme une liste de diffusion."
" Dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`, définissez l'email que "
"vous souhaitez utiliser. Les utilisateurs peuvent ensuite poster sur le "
"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse e-mail"
" définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la "
"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par courriel."
"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse email "
"définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la "
"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par email."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
msgid "Locating a channel"

18
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -6,22 +6,21 @@
# Translators:
# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2019
# Hamid Darabi, 2019
# Xavier Brochard <xavier@alternatif.org>, 2019
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2019
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019
# Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2019
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1170,8 +1169,9 @@ msgid "How to:"
msgstr "Comment :"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
msgid "Switch to developer mode."
msgstr "Basculer en mode développeur."
msgid ""
"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."
@ -1793,9 +1793,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les "
"formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo"
" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, courriel, mot de passe) après "
"leur paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de "
"création d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?"
" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, email, mot de passe) après leur "
"paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de création "
"d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
msgid "Sign up"

280
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
msgid ""
"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
msgid "Create Mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
msgid ""
"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
" or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
"be redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
msgid ""
"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
"send it only to a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses will be shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"will delete the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
"*queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
msgstr ""

12
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -83,16 +83,10 @@ msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
"behaviour."
msgstr ""
"N'oubliez pas de fixer des taxes pour chaque type de dépense (ainsi qu'un "
"compte si vous utilisez Odoo Comptabilité). Il est généralement recommandé "
"d'utiliser des taxes configurées avec les *Frais compris* (voir : "
":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). Les employés peuvent ainsi "
"déclarer leurs dépenses avec des prix toutes taxes comprises, ce qui est "
"généralement la pratique attendue."
#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41
msgid ""

406
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -26,120 +26,52 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr "Services sur Site"
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
msgstr "Créez des devis depuis les tâches"
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
"Le fait d'autoriser la création de devis depuis les tâches permet d'offrir "
"un service plus efficace puisque cela laisse de la place pour des actions "
"préventives, tout en facilitant le flux pour les employés."
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr "Activez cette fonctionnalité"
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
"D'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration -->"
" Paramètres` et activez l'option *Devis supplémentaires*."
"Allez à :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Equipe d'assistance "
"technique --> Éditer` et activez :menuselection:`Interventions sur site --> "
"Enregistrez`."
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
"Puis, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projets` et activez l'option"
" *Devis supplémentaires*."
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez désormais créer des *Nouveaux devis* directement depuis vos "
"tâches."
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
msgstr "Personnalisez des rapports de feuille de travail"
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
"La personnalisation de vos rapports clients, aussi appelés *feuilles de "
"travail*, vous permet d'avoir des descriptions différents du travail pour "
"chaque type d'intervention. Cela accélère le flux pour vos employés tout en "
"donnant aux clients un résumé détaillé, qui peut être examiné et signé sur "
"place."
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration` et activez "
":menuselection:`Modèle de feuille de travail --> enregistrer`."
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr "Élaborer des feuilles de travail"
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
"Sous :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modèles de feuille de travail`, "
"cliquez sur *Créer* et commencez à *Concevoir un modèle de feuille de "
"travail*. Vous serez redirigé vers l'application *Studio*."
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
"Avec la liberté proposée par *Studio*, faites glisser et déposer des champs "
"pour créer un rapport adapté à vos besoins. Une fois terminé, cliquez sur "
"*Fermer* et obtenez un aperçu du résultat."
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
"Les *Feuilles de travail* sont des outils qui permettent de voir combien de "
"fois la feuille de travail a été utilisée/complétée pour une tâche donnée. "
"L'outil *Analyse* examine toutes les feuilles de travail sous ce modèle et "
"génère un graphique."
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
"`L'essentiel de Studio <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
msgstr "Facturez le temps et le matériel dédié à vos clients"
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@ -152,11 +84,11 @@ msgstr ""
"clients la certitude qu'ils seront facturés pour le nombre d'heures exactes "
"et pour le matériel utilisé."
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr "Obtenez le temps exact passé sur une tâche"
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
@ -164,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur *Démarrer* pour lancer le minuteur. Vous pouvez mettre *Pause* à"
" n'importe quel moment et *Reprendre* lorsque vous voulez continuer."
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
@ -172,18 +104,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur *Arrêter* une fois que le travail est réalisé pour confirmer le "
"temps total passé et ajouter une description."
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr "Signez et envoyez des rapports & validez le stock-picking"
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
"Remplissez ensuite votre *Feuille de travail* et ajoutez les produits "
"utilisés en cliquant sur *Produits*."
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
@ -194,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr ""
"travail qui a déjà été créée et signée. Générez ensuite une nouvelle facture"
" pour le temps ajouté."
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
@ -203,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"intervention. Cela valide également le stock-picking et permet de maintenir "
"votre stock à jour."
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
@ -212,11 +144,11 @@ msgstr ""
"signer par le client. Envoyer le rapport par email en cliquant sur *Envoyer "
"rapport*."
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr "Facturez votre temps et votre matériel"
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
@ -227,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pratique permet aux comptables d'accéder facilement à toutes les tâches "
"finalisées en une fois."
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
@ -235,15 +167,15 @@ msgstr ""
"Facturez toutes les tâches en une fois en les sélectionnant toutes et en "
"allant sur :menuselection:`Action --> Émettre une facture`."
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping track of stock"
msgstr "Suivi du stock"
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
@ -251,11 +183,11 @@ msgstr ""
"L'intégration de l'application Inventaire permet de suivre le matériel "
"utilisé et garder votre stock à jour de manière automatique."
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr "Configurez votre projet de Service sur site"
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
@ -263,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Service sur site --> Configuration --> Projets` et "
"assurez-vous que l'option *Produits sur les tâches* est activée."
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
@ -274,11 +206,11 @@ msgstr ""
"tâche sera *Marquée comme réalisée*, la validation de l'inventaire sera "
"automatiquement mise à jour."
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
msgstr "Gérez les horaires et les congés de vos employés"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
@ -288,11 +220,11 @@ msgstr ""
"la disponibilité de vos employés. Elle permet d'éviter les conflits et "
"erreurs entre les horaires et les interventions des employés."
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr "Gardez facilement un œil sur les congés des employées"
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
@ -302,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr ""
"employés ont été validés dans l'application *Congés*, les cellules seront "
"grisées pour les jours concernés dans votre vue Gantt."
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
@ -312,11 +244,11 @@ msgstr ""
"salarié travaille à temps partiel (du lundi au mercredi). Ainsi, le jeudi et"
" le vendredi seront également grisés, en plus des week-ends."
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr "Gérez facilement les horaires des employés"
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
@ -326,11 +258,11 @@ msgstr ""
"travail*), cliquez sur le signe plus pour ajouter une nouvelle tâche ou sur "
"la loupe pour planifier une tâche existante."
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr "Tâches non-assignées"
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
@ -341,21 +273,105 @@ msgstr ""
"visible dans la vue Gantt. Pour l'assigner à quelqu'un, glissez-déposez la "
"personne responsable."
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
msgstr ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
"Le fait d'autoriser la création de devis depuis les tâches permet d'offrir "
"un service plus efficace puisque cela laisse de la place pour des actions "
"préventives, tout en facilitant le flux pour les employés."
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
"D'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration -->"
" Paramètres` et activez l'option *Devis supplémentaires*."
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
"Puis, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projets` et activez l'option"
" *Devis supplémentaires*."
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez désormais créer des *Nouveaux devis* directement depuis vos "
"tâches."
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
@ -363,7 +379,7 @@ msgid ""
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
@ -378,86 +394,86 @@ msgstr ""
"service : Créer une tâche dans un projet existant --> Projet --> Modèle de "
"feuille de travail --> Enregistrer`."
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr ""
"Planifiez des interventions sur site depuis les tickets d'assistance "
"technique"
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
"La personnalisation de vos rapports clients, aussi appelés *feuilles de "
"travail*, vous permet d'avoir des descriptions différents du travail pour "
"chaque type d'intervention. Cela accélère le flux pour vos employés tout en "
"donnant aux clients un résumé détaillé, qui peut être examiné et signé sur "
"place."
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Equipe d'assistance "
"technique --> Éditer` et activez :menuselection:`Interventions sur site --> "
"Enregistrez`."
"Allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration` et activez "
":menuselection:`Modèle de feuille de travail --> enregistrer`."
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr "Élaborer des feuilles de travail"
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
"Sous :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modèles de feuille de travail`, "
"cliquez sur *Créer* et commencez à *Concevoir un modèle de feuille de "
"travail*. Vous serez redirigé vers l'application *Studio*."
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an itinerary"
msgstr "Planifier un itinéraire"
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
"Avec la liberté proposée par *Studio*, faites glisser et déposer des champs "
"pour créer un rapport adapté à vos besoins. Une fois terminé, cliquez sur "
"*Fermer* et obtenez un aperçu du résultat."
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling "
"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public "
"token*."
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
"Les *Feuilles de travail* sont des outils qui permettent de voir combien de "
"fois la feuille de travail a été utilisée/complétée pour une tâche donnée. "
"L'outil *Analyse* examine toutes les feuilles de travail sous ce modèle et "
"génère un graphique."
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
"`L'essentiel de Studio <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"

92
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -9,15 +9,16 @@
# Bertrand LATOUR <divoir@gmail.com>, 2019
# 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2019
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1039,6 +1040,79 @@ msgstr ""
"première entreprise). Vous devez d'abord importer les entreprises et ensuite"
" les personnes."
#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3
msgid "Developer Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8
msgid "Through the Settings application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate"
" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20
msgid ""
"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23
msgid "Through a browser extension"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo "
"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your "
"toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28
msgid ""
"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of "
"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use"
" a single click."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35
msgid "Through the URL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37
msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44
msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47
msgid "Locate the mode tools"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49
msgid ""
"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* "
"button, located on the header of your pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3
msgid "In-App Purchase"
msgstr "Achats in-App"
@ -1088,16 +1162,10 @@ msgstr "Comptes IAP"
msgid ""
"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific "
"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all "
"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to "
":menuselection:`Settings app --> Activate the Developer Mode --> Technical "
"Settings --> IAP Account`."
"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`."
msgstr ""
"Les crédits pour utiliser les services IAP sont stockés sur des comptes IAP,"
" qui sont spécifiques à chaque service et à chaque base de données. Par "
"défaut, les comptes IAP sont communs à toutes les entreprises, mais peuvent "
"être limités à certaines d'entre elles en allant dans "
":menuselection:`Paramètres de l'application --> Activer le mode développeur "
"--> Paramètres techniques --> Compte IAP`."
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34
msgid "IAP Portal"
@ -1230,7 +1298,7 @@ msgid ""
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous avez terminé de modifier la page et que vous avez cliqué sur "
"**ENREGISTRER**, un courriel d'invitation sera automatiquement envoyé à "
"**ENREGISTRER**, un email d'invitation sera automatiquement envoyé à "
"l'utilisateur. Celui-ci doit cliquer dessus pour accepter l'invitation et se"
" connecter à votre instance. "

70
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -288,15 +288,11 @@ msgstr "Comment mettre en place différentes étapes pour chaque équipe"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
"the lower right-hand side."
"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
"Vous devez d'abord activer le mode développeur. Pour le faire, allez sur le "
"module paramètres et sélectionnez le lien pour \"Activer le mode "
"développeur\" dans le coin inférieur droit de la page. "
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
msgid ""
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@ -309,15 +305,15 @@ msgstr ""
"nouvelles étapes et les attribuer à une ou plusieurs équipes, et cela de "
"façon personnalisée."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
msgstr "Commencer à recevoir des tickets"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
msgstr "Comment mes clients peuvent-ils soumettre des tickets?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
msgid ""
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
@ -326,7 +322,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Paramètres\", puis choisissez votre équipe d'assistance technique. Sous "
"\"Canaux vous trouverez 4 options :"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
@ -335,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vous avez choisi pour créer un ticket. Le sujet de l'email devient le sujet "
"du ticket."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
@ -345,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr ""
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit et soumettre un ticket via le "
"formulaire du site Web. Tout comme sur odoo.com/help!"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
msgid ""
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
@ -356,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr ""
"peut créer le ticket via la commande /Sujet de l'assistance technique ou "
"Ticket."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
"documentation `here "
@ -366,11 +362,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Consultez la documentation `ici "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:90
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
msgstr "Des tickets ont été créés, et maintenant?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:92
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
msgid ""
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@ -383,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se trouve dans le coin supérieur gauche du ticket, ou en introduisant leur "
"nom dans le champ \"Attribué à\"."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:100
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
@ -392,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"contrôlée\", vos tickets seront attribués à l'un des membres de l'une de "
"ces équipes d'assistance technique."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:103
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
msgid ""
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
@ -400,11 +396,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Ils pourront alors commencer à résoudre les tickets et à les transférer vers"
" l'étape résolu lorsque ceux-ci seront finalisés."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:107
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
msgstr "Comment puis-je définir l'urgence du ticket?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:109
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
msgid ""
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
@ -414,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ticket en sélectionnant une ou plusieurs étoiles sur celui-ci. Vous pouvez "
"le faire sur la vue kanban ou sur le ticket lui-même."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:116
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
msgid ""
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
@ -422,11 +418,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Pour mettre en place une politique d'Accord de services pour vos employés, "
"activez d'abord ce paramètre dans les \"Paramètres\"."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:122
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Configurer les politiques SLA\" et cliquez sur \"Créer\"."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:124
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
msgid ""
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
@ -434,11 +430,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Complétez les informations: équipe Assistance technique, priorité minimale "
"du ticket (les étoiles), ainsi que les objectifs du ticket."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
msgstr "Que faire si un ticket est bloqué ou prêt à être utilisé?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
msgid ""
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
@ -446,19 +442,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Si un ticket ne peut pas être résolu ou s'il est bloqué, vous pouvez "
"modifier le \"Statut kanban\" sur le ticket. Vous avez trois options :"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:136
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
msgstr "Gris - statut normal"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:138
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
msgid "Red - Blocked"
msgstr "Rouge - bloqué"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:140
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
msgstr "Vert - prêt pour l'étape suivante"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:142
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
msgid ""
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
"Ticket form."
@ -466,13 +462,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Tout comme pour les étoiles, vous pouvez définir le statut dans le kanban ou"
" sur le ticket."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:149
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
msgstr ""
"Comment mes employés peuvent-ils enregistrer leur temps de travail sur un "
"ticket?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:151
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
msgid ""
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
@ -482,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr ""
"présence du ticket\". Un champ apparaîtra vous permettant de sélectionner le"
" projet sur lequel les feuilles de présence seront enregistrées."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:158
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
@ -491,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vous retournez vers vos tickets, vous verrez qu'un nouvel onglet appelé "
"\"Feuilles de présence\" a été ajouté."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:164
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
msgid ""
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
"ticket."
@ -499,17 +495,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Vos employés peuvent y ajouter une ligne pour indiquer le travail qu'ils ont"
" effectué pour ce ticket."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:168
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
msgstr "Comment permettre à vos clients d'évaluer le service fourni"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
"Vous devez tout d'abord activer le paramètre évaluation depuis "
"\"Paramètres\""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:175
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
msgid ""
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."

278
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -135,7 +135,8 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to "
"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""
@ -2948,11 +2949,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47
msgid ""
"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53
#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> "
"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, "
@ -3804,14 +3805,15 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen "
"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the "
"developer mode and open your accounting settings."
":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open "
"your accounting settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189
msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
msgid ""
"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on "
"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry "
@ -3819,174 +3821,174 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196
msgid ""
"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
"postings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360
msgid "Continental Accounting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
msgid "Vendor Bill"
msgstr "Facture fournisseur"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
msgid "\\"
msgstr "\\"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
msgid "Debit"
msgstr "Débit"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
msgid "Credit"
msgstr "Crédit"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
msgid "50"
msgstr "50"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
msgid "4.68"
msgstr "4,68"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid "54.68"
msgstr "54,68"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311
msgid "Configuration:"
msgstr "Configuration :"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290
msgid ""
"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
"related product (Expense Account field)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
msgid ""
"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid "Goods Receptions"
msgstr "Réception des marchandises"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
msgid "No Journal Entry"
msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
msgid "Customer Invoice"
msgstr "Facture client"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
msgid "100"
msgstr "100"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
msgid "9"
msgstr "9"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
msgid "109"
msgstr "109"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308
msgid ""
"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
"product (Income Account field)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
msgid ""
"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
@ -3994,43 +3996,43 @@ msgstr ""
"La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui "
"remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre."
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
msgid "Customer Shipping"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
msgstr "Ordres de production"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324
msgid ""
"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252
msgid ""
"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
msgid "X"
msgstr "X"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266
msgid ""
"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te "
"**Inventory Variations** debited."
@ -4038,48 +4040,48 @@ msgstr ""
"Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les"
" **Variations d'inventaire** débitées."
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387
msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting"
msgstr "Comptabilité anglo-saxone"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327
msgid ""
"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330
msgid ""
"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
"inventory value"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348
msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation"
msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire automatique"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
msgid ""
"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting "
"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are "
@ -4088,74 +4090,74 @@ msgid ""
"configuration & testing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356
msgid ""
"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those "
"accounting entries. This is done on the product category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399
msgid "**Configuration:**"
msgstr "**Configuration** :"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403
msgid ""
"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
msgid ""
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381
msgid ""
"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419
msgid ""
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
msgstr ""
"Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans "
"la catégorie interne du produit"
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406
msgid ""
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
" specific product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409
msgid ""
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
"product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413
msgid ""
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416
msgid ""
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
"internal category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420
#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421
msgid ""
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
"as a specific replacement value"
@ -4979,30 +4981,26 @@ msgid ""
"rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68
msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67
msgid ""
"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already "
"defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152
msgid ":doc:`push_rule`"
msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`"
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153
msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`"
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`"
msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`"
@ -5065,40 +5063,36 @@ msgid ""
"quality control location move to the stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59
msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58
msgid ""
"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62
msgid "Stock transfers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64
msgid ""
"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your"
" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are "
"waiting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68
msgid ""
"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** "
"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74
msgid ""
"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, "
"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to"
" the main stock."
msgstr ""
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79
#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128
msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`"
msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`"

371
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
msgid ""
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
"of linking your employees to goals."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
msgid ""
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
" in a graph form and in numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
" email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
"have matched the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
msgid ""
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
msgid ""
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
"domain one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
"the total number of participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
"*Rejected*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
msgid ""
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
msgid ""
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
"the beginning (parent action)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
msgid ""
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
msgid ""
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
"integrated with *Contacts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
msgid ""
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
"installed in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
msgid ""
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
"will stop running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
"for this specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
msgid "Add Child Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
msgid ""
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
"or not, the email bounced back."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
msgid "How to work with filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
msgid ""
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
"within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
msgid ""
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
"called a *branch* (...)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
msgid ""
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
" rule or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
"name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
"solved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
"mistakes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
msgid "Launch a test"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
msgid ""
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
" be shown on the status bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
"campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
"*Cancel*."
msgstr ""

26
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -251,23 +251,17 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
msgid ""
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
"mode*."
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer le module Mercury, vous devez activer le mode développeur. "
"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Apps --> Paramètres` et sélectionnez "
"*Activer le mode développeur*."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
msgid ""
"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
"Configurations`."
msgstr ""
"Dès que vous êtes en mode développeur, allez à :menuselection:`Point de "
"Vente --> Configuration --> Configurations Mercury`."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
"credentials."
@ -275,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Créez une nouvelle configuration pour les cartes de crédit et entrez vos "
"identifiants Mercury."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
"Methods` and create a new one."
@ -283,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Modes "
"de paiement` et créez-en un nouveau."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
@ -292,7 +286,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Vente*, vous pouvez sélectionner les identifiants Mercury que vous venez de "
"créer."
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
msgid ""
"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
msgstr ""

10
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po
View File

@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
# Eric BAELDE <eric@baelde.name>, 2019
# N D <norig.d@hotmail.fr>, 2019
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -100,8 +101,7 @@ msgstr "Comment obtenir le feedback d'un client ?"
msgid ""
"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects."
msgstr ""
"Un courriel peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en "
"cours."
"Un email peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en cours."
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47
msgid ""
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59
msgid "Email Template"
msgstr "Modèle de courriel"
msgstr "Modèle d'email"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61
msgid ""
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68
msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :"
msgstr "Voici un exemple de courriel qu'un client peut recevoir:"
msgstr "Voici un exemple d'email qu'un client peut recevoir:"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74
msgid ""

21
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

@ -8,15 +8,16 @@
# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -913,11 +914,7 @@ msgstr ""
"commande**, sélectionnez la date à laquelle vous souhaitez passer la "
"commande."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
msgstr "Voir *Demande de Prix* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
msgid ""
"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@ -935,10 +932,10 @@ msgstr ""
"vous propose (vous pouvez également laisser le champ vide si vous ne savez "
"pas quel est le prix), et ajouter la date de livraison prévue dans le champ "
"Date prévue. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**, puis sur **Imprimer Demande de "
"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Courriel** (assurez-vous qu'une "
"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Email** (assurez-vous qu'une "
"adresse email est définie pour ce fournisseur ou entrez-en une nouvelle)."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
msgid ""
"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
@ -946,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Après avoir cliqué sur **Envoyer...**, vous constaterez que le statut de la "
"Demande de Prix est passé de **Brouillon** à **Demande de Prix Envoyée**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
@ -957,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'offre (prix, taxes, délai de livraison prévu, conditions de paiement, "
"etc.), puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer** pour émettre un Bon de Commande."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
@ -966,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la commande au fournisseur. Le statut de la Demande de Prix passera à "
"**Commande Fournisseur**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
msgid ""
"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

94
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -14,19 +14,19 @@
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019
# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019
# Jonathan <jcs@odoo.com>, 2019
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
# 44fd1b7fd1ad5b321e37d151521961ad, 2020
# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ msgid ""
"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on "
"**Apply** when you're done."
msgstr ""
"Entrez le login **Courriel**, cochez la case sous **Dans le portail** et "
"Entrez le login **Email**, cochez la case sous **Dans le portail** et "
"ajoutez le du message qui sera envoyé dans la zone de texte en bas. Cliquez "
"sur **Appliquer** lorsque vous avez terminé."
@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ msgid ""
"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the "
"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance."
msgstr ""
"Un courriel sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le "
"contact est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo."
"Un email sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le contact "
"est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo."
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3
msgid "Amazon Connector"
@ -445,25 +445,27 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
msgid ""
"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
"wish to synchronize and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
" PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
msgid ""
"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@ -471,18 +473,18 @@ msgid ""
"products partially by using backorders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
msgid ""
"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
"it) is on its way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
msgid ""
"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@ -493,14 +495,14 @@ msgid ""
"under the FBA program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
msgid ""
"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
msgid ""
"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@ -512,24 +514,24 @@ msgid ""
" your account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
msgid ""
"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
msgid ""
"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
"orders based on the sales team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
msgid ""
"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@ -540,11 +542,11 @@ msgid ""
"account by the amount received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
msgid ""
"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@ -552,13 +554,13 @@ msgid ""
" of your company's accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
msgid ""
"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@ -648,16 +650,17 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
msgid ""
"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
msgid "Configure taxes of products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
msgid ""
"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@ -666,7 +669,7 @@ msgid ""
" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
msgid ""
"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@ -872,11 +875,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
msgid ""
"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
" the developer mode`"
"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
"Activez le mode développeur en allant à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
"Activer le mode développeur`"
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`"
@ -989,7 +989,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@ -1223,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr "Générez un abonnement depuis un bon de commande"
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
"the subscription product your previously created."
"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
@ -1311,6 +1310,13 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
msgstr "Depuis les bons de commande, vous pouvez facturer ces heures."
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
msgid ""
"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@ -2653,8 +2659,8 @@ msgstr "Définissez vos termes et conditions par défaut."
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

741
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -6,7 +6,6 @@
# Translators:
# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
@ -14,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -28,246 +27,49 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr "Marketing par SMS"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
msgstr "Créez, envoyez et obtenez des rapports à partir d'un mailing SMS"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
"Pourquoi utiliser un SMS? L'utilisation du marketing par SMS comme stratégie"
" de communication vous permet d'élargir vos marchés, car dans certains pays "
"les emails ne sont pas beaucoup utilisés ou pas utilisés de tout. Cela vous "
"permet également de booster votre taux de conversion puisque cette stratégie"
" possède un pourcentage élevé de taux d'ouverture parmi les utilisateurs de "
"smartphones qui normalement lisent tous leurs SMS."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
msgstr ""
"Avec l'application de marketing par SMS d'Odoo vous pouvez planifier, "
"organiser, programmer et garder une trace de vos mailings via son interface "
"conviviale."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr "Installez l'application"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
"Allez à *Apps*, cherchez *Marketing par SMS* et cliquez sur *Installer*."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr "Créez un mailing SMS"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Marketing SMS --> Créer`."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
msgstr ""
"Tout d'abord, vous pourrez définir un *sujet* qui vous aidera à vous "
"souvenir du contenu du mailing. Vous devez choisir le destinataire de votre "
"SMS sous *récipients*. Si vous choisissez *Contact*, tous vos contacts Odoo "
"(vendeurs, clients, etc.) recevront votre SMS. À partir de là, vous pouvez "
"affiner votre liste de destinataires viac l'option *ajouter un filtre*. Dans"
" l'exemple ci-dessous, vous décidez d'envoyer le SMS à vos contacts de "
"Belgique."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
"D'un autre côté, l'option *Mailing list* vous permet de choisir des mailing "
"listes que vous avez créées avec des contacts spécifique ou des personnes "
"qui se sont abonnées à vos newsletters, ou les deux! Vous pouvez "
"sélectionner plus d'une *Mailing list*."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
"data about those links."
msgstr ""
"Dans l'onglet *Contenu SMS*, il est possible d'inclure des liens et Odoo "
"générera automatiquement des *traceurs des liens*. Grâce à ces balises, vous"
" pourrez obtenir des informations sur ces liens."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
msgid ""
"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
"he’s not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
"Sous *Paramètres* l'option *lien de désabonnement* est disponible. Si celle-"
"ci est activée, le contact pourra se désabonner de la mailing list qu'il ne "
"souhaite plus recevoir."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
msgid ""
"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
"Dans le menu *traceur de liens* sous *Configuration*, vous pouvez voir "
"l'historique des liens envoyés, les consulter et voir les statistiques."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
msgstr ""
"Vérifiez que vous avez bien enregistré le numéro de téléphone de vos "
"contacts !"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr "Envoyer votre mailing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
msgid ""
"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
"delivered:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que votre mailing a été créé, vous devez choisir à quel moment il "
"doit être envoyé :"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
msgid ""
"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
"**Mettre en attente** : le mailing se déclenchera lors du prochain envoi "
"automatique. Cette option est intéressante si le moment où l'envoi se "
"déclenchera m'est égal."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
"there are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
"**Envoyer maintenant** : envoie immédiatement le message. Nous vous "
"conseillons d'utiliser cette option s'il n'y a pas beaucoup de "
"destinataires."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
"**Programmer** : vous permet de choisir le jour et l'heure de l'envoi. C'est"
" la meilleure option pour envoyer des mailings lors d'un événement "
"spécifique pour promouvoir une offre qui est toujours en cour ou tout "
"simplement pour planifier votre stratégie de contenu à l'avance."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
"must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
"**Test** : vous permet d'envoyer un SMS à l'un ou plusieurs numéros en mode "
"test. Vérifiez, par exemple, si le lien fourni envoie vers la bonne page "
"tout en vous assurant qu'ils sont réactifs. N'oubliez pas d'ajouter une "
"virgule entre les numéros si vous envoyez un message à plusieurs numéros."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr "Visualisez vos rapports"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of my SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
"Dans le menu *Rapport*, en quelques clics, vous pouvez appliquer des "
"filtres, des mesures et choisir différentes mises en page pour analyser la "
"performance de vos mailings SMS."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
msgid ""
"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également vérifier le prix de l'envoi d'un SMS dans votre pays "
"en cliquant sur l'icône *information* lors de la création d'un nouveau SMS."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
msgstr ""
"**Achetez des crédits!** Assurez-vous d'avoir acheté des crédits pour "
"pouvoir profiter de l'application et de ses fonctionnalités. Pour plus "
"d'information : :doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
msgstr "Listes de contact et liste de blocage"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
msgid ""
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
"distribution a lot easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
msgid "Contact lists"
msgstr "Listes de contact"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
msgid ""
"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
"easier."
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
msgstr ""
"La création ou l'importation de votre propre liste de contacts est utile "
"lorsque vous souhaitez créer des groupes spécifiques de personnes, comme les"
" abonnés d'une newsletter. C'est aussi la meilleure façon de démarrer "
"lorsque vous venez d'un autre système et que vous avez déjà votre propre "
"clientèle. Cela facilite beaucoup l'envoi des SMS."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`. I’ll "
"choose a name for my *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I "
"would like to make the mailing list accessible to my recipients in the "
"unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
msgstr ""
"Allez à :menuselection:`Listes de contact --> Listes de contact --> Créer`. "
"Vous devez choisir un nom pour votre *Mailing list* et activer l'option "
"*Public* si vous souhaitez rendre la mailing list accessible à vos "
"destinataires sur la page de désabonnement pour leur permettre de mettre à "
"jour leurs préférences d'abonnement."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"specific list."
msgstr ""
"Une fois dans la liste, vous pouvez encore *Créer* et *Importer* des "
"contacts vers cette liste en particulier."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
msgstr "L'historique avec les notes du journal de bord "
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
msgid ""
"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
@ -275,60 +77,52 @@ msgstr ""
"Le mailing envoyé est enregistré dans le chatter du destinataire (aussi bien"
" pour un contact que pour une opportunité)."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
msgid ""
"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
"ability to better understand them."
msgstr ""
"C'est important car votre équipe et vous-même pouvez facilement suivre et "
"voir l'historique de vos interactions avec vos contacts ou vos prospects, ce"
" qui vous permet de mieux les comprendre. Par exemple : votre représentant "
"commercial peut facilement savoir quelles promotions un client a reçues par "
"SMS ou non."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
msgid ""
"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
"promotions a customer has received or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "Liste de blocage"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
msgid ""
"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
"my database. For that, I’ll go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone "
"Blacklist --> Import`."
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
"database."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez utilisé un autre logiciel auparavant et que vous avez déjà une "
"liste de clients qui veulent être ajoutés à la liste de blocage des "
"actualités, vous pouvez importer ces entrées dans votre base de données. "
"Pour le faire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Liste de blocage "
"du téléphone --> Importer`."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
msgid ""
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
"Import`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
msgstr "Intégrations et modèles"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
"app isn’t different!"
"costumers, for example."
msgstr ""
"L'utilisation de SMS pour atteindre les gens peut être une stratégie "
"utilisée non seulement à des fins publicitaires mais également pour rappeler"
" des événements ou émettre des factures à vos clients, par exemple. Comme "
"vous le savez, l'un des plus grands avantages de l'utilisation d'Odoo est la"
" possibilité d'intégrer des applications. Avec l'application de marketing "
"par SMS, ce n'est pas différent !"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
msgstr "Organisez des campagnes d'email marketing et de SMS"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
msgid ""
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
@ -338,69 +132,56 @@ msgstr ""
" :menuselection:`Application d'email Marketing --> Configuration --> "
"Paramètres --> activer l'option campagnes de mailing`."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:16
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
msgid ""
"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
"marketing ones."
"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
"your email marketing ones."
msgstr ""
"Le menu *Campagnes* sera désormais ajouté dans vos pages *Marketing SMS*, "
"cela vous donnera un aperçu des vos mailings SMS et de vos emails marketing."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:21
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
msgid ""
"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
msgstr ""
"Cette fonction est particulièrement utile si vous avez des campagnes "
"agrégées, car vous avez une vue globale des rapports. En outre, vous pouvez "
"créer des étapes dans votre vue kanban pour mieux organiser le travail "
"réalisé."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
msgstr "Envoyer des SMS via l'application Contacts"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:28
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
msgid ""
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
" example."
msgstr ""
"L'envoi de SMS via le formulaire de contact est disponible par défaut dans "
"Odoo. Cela vous permet par exemple, d'envoyer plus facilement un SMS à un "
"contact donné. Pour cela, allez dans l'application *Contacts*, sélectionnez "
"le contact en question et cliquez sur l'icône *SMS* qui est à côté du numéro"
" de téléphone."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:34
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to "
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
"SMS`."
msgstr ""
"Si vous voulez envoyer un message groupé, allez à :menuselection:`Vue liste "
"--> sélectionner tous les contacts --> Action --> Envoyer SMS`."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:41
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
msgstr "Configurez des modèles de SMS"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:42
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates` and "
"create the content I need."
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer des *Modèles de SMS*, allez sur l'application *Paramètres* "
"et activez le mode *développeur*. Retournez ensuite sur l'application "
"*Paramètres*, et allez à :menuselection:`Technique --> Section téléphone/SMS"
" --> Modèles de SMS` et créez le contenu dont vous avez besoin."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
msgid ""
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
"the context."
@ -408,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Utilisez des *espaces réserves* pour adapter automatiquement le contenu du "
"SMS au contexte."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
"notable integrations:"
@ -416,31 +197,31 @@ msgstr ""
"La messagerie SMS est disponible via Odoo ! Voici quelques unes de nos "
"remarquables intégrations."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
msgstr "*CRM*: envoyez des SMS à vos pistes et opportunités."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
msgstr "*Abonnement* : prévenez les clients sur leur abonnement."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
msgstr "*Comptabilité* : envoyer des rappels de paiement."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
"*Automatisation du marketing* : automatisez vos campagnes de marketing SMS."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:62
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
msgstr ""
"*Inventaire* : envoyez une confirmation automatique lorsque un bon de "
"livraison est généré. "
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
"document online."
@ -448,66 +229,251 @@ msgstr ""
"*Signer* : recevez un code de validation pour vérifier votre identité avant "
"de signer un document en ligne."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:64
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
msgid ""
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
msgstr ""
"*Le fournisseur de prélèvement automatique SEPA* : envoie un code de "
"vérification à vos clients."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:65
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
msgid ""
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
msgstr ""
"*Studio* : envoie un SMS en fonction de vos besoins via des actions "
"automatisées."
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:67
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
msgid ""
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
"Pour plus d'information sur l'intégration des SMS dans Odoo et pour "
"consulter la liste des questions fréquemment posées, allez à `Tarification "
"et FAQ <fqapricing.html>`__."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr "Installez l'application"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
"Allez à *Apps*, cherchez *Marketing par SMS* et cliquez sur *Installer*."
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr "Créez un mailing SMS"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Marketing SMS --> Créer`."
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
"remember what the mailing is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
"receive your SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
msgid ""
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
"one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
"get data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
msgid ""
"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
"is not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
msgid ""
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr "Envoyer votre mailing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
msgid ""
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
"to be delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
msgid ""
"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
msgid ""
"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
" are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
msgid ""
"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
msgid ""
"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr "Visualisez vos rapports"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of your SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
msgid ""
"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr "Tarification SMS et FAQ"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Tarification"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
msgstr ""
"La messagerie SMS est un service d'achat in-App (IAP) qui fonctionne avec "
"des crédits prépayés. Le prix d'un SMS dépend de la destination et de la "
"longueur du message. Avec 1 crédit, vous pouvez envoyer jusqu'à 92 SMS."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
"prepaid credits* to work."
msgstr ""
"**Pour plus d'informations, consultez notre page FAQ** : `SMS Odoo - FAQ "
"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:14
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"To buy credits I will go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits` "
"(under *Send SMS*); or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services` "
"(under *Odoo IAP*)."
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
" that includes the following characters:"
msgstr ""
"Pour acheter des crédits, allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Acheter des"
" crédits` (sous *Envoyer des SMS*); ou allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres "
"--> Consulter mes services` (sous *Odoo IAP*)."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:23
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
msgid ""
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
"represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
"characters) of the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
"your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
@ -516,19 +482,19 @@ msgstr ""
"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette "
"fonctionnalité."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:27
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
msgid "More common questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
msgstr "**Est-ce que mes crédits expirent-ils?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
msgstr "Non, vos crédits n'expirent pas."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
@ -536,29 +502,29 @@ msgstr ""
"**Puis-je envoyer un SMS vers un numéro (qui n'est pas un mobile) parce que "
"je vois l'icône devant le champ “téléphone”?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:35
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
msgstr ""
"Uniquement si ce numéro de téléphone prend en charge les SMS (par ex. les "
"téléphones SIP)."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:37
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
msgstr "**Est-ce que je reçois une facture pour acheter mes crédits?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:39
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
msgid "Yes."
msgstr "Oui."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:41
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
msgstr "**Le destinataire peut-il me répondre?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:43
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
msgstr "Non, il est impossible de répondre à un SMS."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:45
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
"send them all?**"
@ -566,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"**Que se passe-t-il si je veux envoyer des SMS multiples mais que je n'ai "
"pas suffisament de crédits?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:47
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
@ -575,31 +541,27 @@ msgstr ""
"SMS ne sera envoyé tant que vous n'aurez pas suffisamment de crédits pour "
"les envoyer tous."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
msgstr "**Ai-je un historique des SMS envoyés?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode --> Technical --> "
"SMS`."
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
msgstr ""
"Oui, le SMS est consigné en tant que note dans le chatter de "
"l'enregistrement correspondant, et l'historique complet des SMS envoyés est "
"disponible sous :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Activer le mode développeur "
"--> Technique --> SMS`."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
msgstr "**Puis-je envoyer autant de SMS que je veux en une fois?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
msgstr "Oui, si vous avez suffisamment de crédits."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
"lose credits?**"
@ -607,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"**Est-ce que je perds des crédits si j'ai un numéro qui n'est pas dans la "
"liste des destinataires?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
@ -617,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr ""
" chiffres). Autrement, si le SMS est envoyé à la mauvaise personne ou à un "
"faux numéro, votre crédit sera débité."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:65
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
" ticket for a festival)?**"
@ -625,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"**Que se passe-t-il si j'envoie un SMS à un numéro payant (par ex.: un "
"concours pour gagner un ticket pour un festival)?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
"charged."
@ -633,57 +595,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Les SMS ne sont pas envoyés à ce type de numéro, vous ne serez donc pas "
"débité."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
"**Puis-je identifier les numéros inexistant lorsque j'envoie plusieurs "
"SMS?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:72
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
msgstr "Uniquement ceux qui ont un format invalide."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:74
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
msgstr "**Comment le règlement RGPD affect-il ce service?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:76
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez trouver notre politique de confidentialité ici: `Odoo IPA politique"
" de confidentialité des achats <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:79
msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
msgstr ""
"**Combien de types de SMS existent et combien de caractères comporte 1 "
"SMS?**"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:81
msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
msgstr "Il existe 2 types de SMS :"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:83
msgid ""
"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
"be seen in the following picture."
msgstr ""
"*Standard* (GSM-7) : contient uniquement les caractères du jeu GSM-7, que "
"l'on peut voir dans l'image suivante."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:89
msgid ""
"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
" represents."
msgstr ""
"*Unicode* : contient au moins un caractère qui n'est pas dans le tableau "
"précédent. Pour les SMS standard la limite est de 160 caractères, et pour "
"Unicode c'est 70. Au-delà de ces limites, le contenu est divisé en plusieurs"
" messages. Le système vous avertira en temps réel du nombre de SMS que le "
"message représente."

450
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
View File

@ -5,18 +5,16 @@
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2019
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -25,209 +23,339 @@ msgstr ""
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr "Marketing social"
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Topics"
msgstr "Rubriques avancées"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
" content."
msgstr ""
"L'un des plus grands défis d'une entreprise est de s'engager de manière "
"efficace auprès de leur communauté. Odoo social vous aide à rencontrer votre"
" clientèle à l'aide de plusieurs supports : les médias sociaux, les "
"notifications ou les requêtes de chat en direct."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
msgstr "Ajoutez vos réseaux sociaux et créez votre fil "
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
msgid ""
"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
"Odoo Social Marketing application."
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
msgstr ""
"Vous devez d'abord ajouter vos comptes de médias sociaux. Pour le faire, "
"ajoutez un flux et choisissez votre compte de média social. Vous devrez "
"accorder des autorisations à l'application Odoo Marketing social."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
" like."
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
"transaction (paid)."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que cela est fait, vous serez redirigé vers votre flux et une "
"colonne sera automatiquement ajoutée avec les publications de votre compte "
"fraîchement ajouté. Vous pouvez ensuite ajouter de nouveaux flux à votre fil"
" et personnaliser votre vue Kanban comme vous le souhaitez."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
msgstr ""
"L'ajout de comptes de réseaux sociaux à votre fil ajoutera également des "
"indicateurs de performance clés :"
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
msgstr "Audience: Nombre d'abonnés de votre chaîne"
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
msgstr ""
"Participation : Le nombre de fois que des personnes ont participé à vos "
"publications."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
msgid ""
"Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel have "
"created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, Retweet,..)"
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
"content."
msgstr ""
"Histoires : Le nombre de fois que des personnes ayant participé à votre "
"chaîne ont créé du contenu sur le fil de leurs amis ou followers (Partages, "
"retweet,..)."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
"application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez accéder à plus d'informations en cliquant sur le lien “Insights”"
" : cela vous mènera aux statistiques du média social sélectionné."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
msgid ""
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
"last date and time the user was connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
msgid ""
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
"an existing partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
"own website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
msgid ""
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
msgid ""
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
msgid ""
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
" automatically added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
" customize your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
"*Insights*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
msgid ""
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
"creation of content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
msgid "Publish content"
msgstr "Publiez du contenu"
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
msgid ""
"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
"of how it will look when published."
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
msgstr ""
"Pour publier du contenu sur vos réseaux sociaux ou envoyer une notification "
"push à vos utilisateurs abonnés, accédez à votre flux et cliquez sur "
"Nouvelle publication ou utilisez le menu “Postes” pour la créer à partir de "
"cet emplacement. Sélectionnez tous les comptes sur lesquels vous souhaitez "
"publier votre contenu, rédigez votre message et obtenez un aperçu instantané"
" de son apparence une fois publié."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
msgid ""
"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
" previous paragraph."
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
msgstr ""
"Si vous choisissez les notifications push, des nouveau champs additionnels "
"apparaîtront sur le formulaire. Ils vous permettront de finaliser la "
"configuration des notifications push et de choisir votre segment parmi tous "
"vos abonnés. Vous pouvez aussi envoyer des notifications push via le menu "
"Visiteurs comme expliqué dans le paragraphe précédent."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
msgstr "Activez les notifications push sur votre site Web"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
msgid ""
"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
"notifications permission request."
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
msgstr ""
"Les notifications push utilisent un compte Firebase configuré par défaut. "
"Cette fonctionnalité vous permet d'envoyer des notifications aux visiteurs "
"de votre site Web après qu'ils s'y sont abonnés. Pour activer les "
"notifications push sur votre site, allez dans les paramètres de "
"l'application site Web et configurez les autorisations de notifications."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
"Homepage)."
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
msgstr ""
"Une fois cette opération effectuée, une fenêtre popup apparaîtra pour les "
"visiteurs de votre site Web, leur demandant d’autoriser les notifications "
"push. Dès qu'ils y sont abonnés, vous pouvez commencer à leur envoyer des "
"notifications push via le menu Visiteurs. Vous pouvez en envoyer "
"individuellement ou cibler un segment plus important en sélectionnant "
"plusieurs visiteurs dans la vue Liste (par exemple, tous les visiteurs ayant"
" visité votre page d'accueil)."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
msgstr "Interagissez avec vos visiteurs en ligne"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
msgid "Ask users for permission"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
msgid ""
"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez surveiller vos visites via le menu Visiteurs. Vous verrez tous "
"les visiteurs qui ont atterri sur l’une des pages que vous surveillez (vous "
"pouvez configurer vos pages surveillées dans l’application Site Web), en "
"ligne ou hors ligne. Vos visiteurs en ligne seront authentifiés s’ils sont "
"liés à un prospect ou à un partenaire existant. Vous pourrez les contacter "
"avec un email, un message SMS, une notification push (s’ils y sont abonnés),"
" ou même leur envoyer une demande de chat en direct qu’ils recevront lors de"
" leur prochain déplacement sur l’une de vos pages suivies ( si vous avez "
"installé l'application Live Chat)."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
msgstr "Configurez vos propres comptes développeur Facebook et Twitter"
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
msgid ""
"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
"the developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and "
"enter your own API keys."
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, l'application Social est déjà configurée avec les comptes "
"développeurs Facebook et Twitter mais vous pouvez utiliser votre propre "
"compte si nécessaire. Activez le mode développeur, allez à "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` et entrez vos propres clés "
"API."
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
msgstr "Configurez votre propre compte Firebase API"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
msgid "Send notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
msgid "Individually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
msgid "To a group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
msgid ""
"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
msgid ""
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
"archived."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
msgid "By rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
msgid ""
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
"that match the rules you set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, votre base de données possède déjà un projet Firebase, vous ne "
"devez pas le configurer. Si vous avez plusieurs sites Web, chacun d'entre "
"eux sera lié à un projet Firebase distinct. Si vous désirez configurer votre"
" propre projet Firebase, allez à :menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration "
"--> Paramètres` Section notifications push du site Web."

293
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincent Luba <vincent@biz-4-africa.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -284,297 +284,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Vous devriez `migrer <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ votre base de données "
"vers une version plus récente."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
msgstr "Contribuer à la documentation"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
msgid "First of all..."
msgstr "Pour commencer..."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
msgid ""
"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
"documentation of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
"**... Merci de nous rejoindre et de nous aider à améliorer la documentation "
"utilisateur d'Odoo.**"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
msgid "Edit an existing page"
msgstr "Modifier une page existante"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
msgid ""
"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
"account <https://github.com/join>`_."
msgstr ""
"Comme notre documentation est maintenue sur GitHub, vous aurez besoin d'un "
"compte `GitHub gratuit <https://github.com/join>`_."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
msgid ""
"Pick a page in our :doc:`user documentation <../index>`. **Please take care "
"of selecting the right version of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
"Choisissez une page dans notre :`documentation utilisateur <../index>`. "
"**Veillez à choisir la bonne version d'Odoo.**"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:21
msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Edit on GitHub** dans le menu de gauche."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:27
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
"repository**, otherwise you won't see this step."
msgstr ""
"Si c'est la première fois que vous éditez notre documentation, cliquez sur "
"**Fork repository**, sinon vous ne verrez pas cette étape."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:29
msgid ""
"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
"quick overview of RST commands."
msgstr ""
"Utilisez l'éditeur de GitHub pour ajouter votre texte. Le texte est marqué "
"avec une syntaxe simple appelée `RST "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Ne vous inquiétez pas, ce "
"n'est pas très compliqué à apprendre 🤓... Allez à la section suivante de ce "
"document pour un rapide aperçu des commandes RST."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:37
msgid ""
"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
" format."
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur **Prévisualiser les modifications** afin de réviser votre "
"contribution dans un format de lecture classique."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
"longer explanation."
msgstr ""
"Dans la section **Propose file change**, ajoutez un court titre à votre "
"contribution. Le titre doit pouvoir résumer vos modifications. Vous pouvez "
"utiliser la seconde case pour ajouter une description supplémentaire si "
"votre contribution nécessite une explication plus longue."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
msgstr "Soumettez votre contribution en cliquant sur **Propose file change**."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:52
msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
msgstr "Cliquez sur **Create pull request**."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:53
msgid ""
"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
"help!"
msgstr ""
"Attendez qu'un contributeur Odoo accepte votre contribution. Merci de votre "
"aide !"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:56
msgid ""
"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
"Il n'y a pas de port automatique de votre modification à une autre version "
"de la documentation."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:58
msgid ""
"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
"your contribution message."
msgstr ""
"Si vos modifications devraient s'apliquer à plusieurs versions d'Odoo, "
"n'hésitez pas à nous prévenir dans votre message de contribution."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
msgstr "Aide-mémoire RST"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
msgid ""
"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
"Voici un résumé des éléments de marquage que vous pourriez utiliser en "
"modifiant notre documentation."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Code"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Affichage"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "Commentaires"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71
msgid "Text in *italics*"
msgstr "Texte en *italique*"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:75
msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
msgstr "Texte en caractères **gras**"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Numbered"
msgstr "Numéroté"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:80 ../../support/user_doc.rst:86
msgid "Bullet"
msgstr "Puce"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:81 ../../support/user_doc.rst:87
msgid "List"
msgstr "Liste"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
msgstr "Doit être entouré de lignes vides."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91
msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr "Voici un `lien hypertexte <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91
msgid ""
"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
msgstr ""
"Voici `comment entrer les accents graves sur votre clavier "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
msgstr "N'oubliez pas le *tiret bas* final."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:99
msgid ""
"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
"RST."
msgstr ""
"Il y a bien plus de commandes disponibles comme vous pouvez le voir dans `la"
" documentation complète "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ du "
"RST."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
msgid "Add images to your documents"
msgstr "Ajoutez des images à vos documents"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
msgid ""
"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
"improving this."
msgstr ""
"Cette procédure est uniquement possible pour les utilisateurs ayant un accès"
" **push** à la documentation du repository (ex. : principalement des "
"contributeurs Odoo). Nous travaillons actuellement sur l'amélioration de "
"cette procédure."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:111
msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
msgstr "Tout d'abord, préparez vos captures d'écran."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:113
msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
msgstr "Ce doit être des images PNG de bonne qualité."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:114
msgid ""
"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
msgstr ""
"Recadrez votre capture d'écran pour n'afficher que la partie pertinente de "
"l'écran. Les grandes captures d'écran sont difficiles à lire et s'affichent "
"mal dans la documentation."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:116
msgid ""
"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
"any personal data."
msgstr ""
"Prenez toujours vos captures d'écran sur une version demo d'Odoo; n'incluez "
"**jamais** de données personnelles. "
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:118
msgid ""
"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
msgstr ""
"Chargez les dans le dossier ``media/`` se trouvant à côté de la page en "
"cours de modification. Si le dossier n'existe pas, créez-le."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:119
msgid ""
"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
msgstr ""
"Quand vous modifiez votre page, utilisez cette partie de code pour "
"télécharger votre image :"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:127
msgid "Submit your changes"
msgstr "Soumettez vos modifications"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:137
msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
msgstr "Détails Techniques pour Nerds"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:139
msgid ""
"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone the `GitHub repository "
"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
msgstr ""
"Les utilisateurs avancés peuvent, évidemment, faire un fork et un clone `du "
"repository GitHub <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Soumettez "
"ensuite une pull request avec le flux de travail canonique Git/Github."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:142
msgid ""
"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
msgstr ""
"Voir notre document `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ sur la construction de la documentation."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:147
msgid "Developer documentation"
msgstr "Documentation développeur"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149
msgid ""
"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
msgstr ""
"Les documentations visant les développeurs d'Odoo sont maintenues "
"parallèlement au code source d'Odoo "
"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:152
msgid ""
"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
msgstr ""
"La documentation utilisateur peut contenir des détails techniques, mais "
"seulement lorsqu'ils sont lié à la configuration et à l'utilisation "
"quotidienne d'Odoo."
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr "Que puis-je attendre du service de Support ?"

253
locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

@ -19,15 +19,16 @@
# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020
# Miora RAKOTOVAO <miur.mbolaniaina@gmail.com>, 2020
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n"
"Last-Translator: Miora RAKOTOVAO <miur.mbolaniaina@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1209,16 +1210,18 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
msgid ""
"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
"from their original versions."
"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
"not transformed from their original versions."
msgstr ""
"Si vous fonctionnez en mode débogage, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni "
"concaténés, ni minifiés. Par conséquent, cela est beaucoup plus lent. "
"Cependant, cela vous permet de facilement déboguer avec le débogueur de "
"Chrome puisque les ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas transformées par"
" rapport à leurs versions d'origine."
"Si vous travaillez sur :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni"
" enchaînés, ni minifiés. Il est donc beaucoup plus lent. Toutefois, cela "
"vous permet de déboguer facilement avec le débogueur Chrome car les "
"ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas converties par rapport à leurs "
"versions d'origine. "
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
msgid "CDN"
@ -1535,16 +1538,18 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
msgid ""
"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
"reset the file after system upgrades."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez personnaliser le fichier *robots* en mode développeur à partir "
"de *Paramètres --> Technique --> Interface utilisateur --> Vues* (exclure "
"des robots, exclure certaines pages, rediriger vers un plan du site "
"personnalisé). Rendez le model data de la vue *Non actualisable* pour que le"
" fichier ne soit pas réinitialisé lors des mises à jour du système."
"Vous pourriez personnaliser le fichier *robots* dans :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` à partir de *Paramètres --> "
"Technique --> Interface Utilisateur --> Vues* (exclure les robots, exclure "
"certaines pages, rediriger vers un Sitemap personnalisé). Rendre le Model "
"Data de la vue *Non Updatable* afin de ne pas réinitialiser le fichier après"
" les mises à jour du système. "
#: ../../website/publish.rst:3
msgid "Publish"
@ -2054,21 +2059,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
msgid ""
"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
"installation`"
msgstr ""
"La géolocalisation IP est installé par défaut sur Odoo en ligne. Si vous "
"exécutez Odoo sur site, n'oubliez pas d'installer la bibliothèque de "
"*Géolocalisation IP*."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
msgstr "Personnalisez l'expérience des visiteurs"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
msgid ""
"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@ -2083,11 +2086,11 @@ msgstr ""
"flux de travail et les pages automatiques (caisse eCommerce, blogs, "
"événements, etc.) car le nombre d'options disponibles y est plus élevé."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
msgid "Publish specific content per website"
msgstr "Publiez un contenu spécifique par site Web"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
msgid ""
"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@ -2100,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'édition à l'arrière-plan et laisser le champ *Site Web* vide. Le contenu "
"sera alors publié sur tous les sites Web."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
msgid ""
"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
"websites*:"
@ -2108,35 +2111,35 @@ msgstr ""
"Voici tous les éléments que vous pouvez lier à *un site en particulier ou à "
"tous les sites Web* :"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Articles"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
msgstr "Catégorie de produits pour le eCommerce"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
msgid "Blogs"
msgstr "Blogs"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
msgid "Slide Channels"
msgstr "Canaux de diapositives"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
msgid "Forums"
msgstr "Forums"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Évènements"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
msgid "Job Positions"
msgstr "Postes"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
msgid ""
"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
"product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
@ -2144,11 +2147,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous publiez un enregistrement créé en arrière-plan, en général un "
"produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les sites Web."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
msgstr "Publiez une page sur tous les sites Web"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
msgid ""
"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
@ -2159,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr ""
":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Pages`. Pour cela, laissez le"
" champ *site Web* vide."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
msgid ""
"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
"and set the new website."
@ -2167,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Si vous voulez la dupliquer sur un autre site Web uniquement, copiez la page"
" et configurez le nouveau site."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
msgid ""
"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
@ -2177,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"site Web en cours. Une nouvelle page est dupliquée et liée au site. La page "
"d'origine reste liée à tous les sites Web."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
msgid ""
"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
"page behind each edited page."
@ -2185,11 +2188,11 @@ msgstr ""
"En regroupant les pages par URL dans le gestionnaire de pages, vous "
"retrouvez facilement la page originale derrière chaque page éditée."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
msgid "Multi-companies"
msgstr "Multi-sociétés"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
msgid ""
"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
"companies environment."
@ -2197,7 +2200,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Dans un environnement multi-sociétés, chaque site Web peut être relié à une "
"société spécifique de votre système."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
msgid ""
"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
"(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
@ -2205,7 +2208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Avec une telle configuration, seules les données relatives à la société "
"s'affichent sur le site Web (produits, emplois, événements, etc.)."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
msgid ""
"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@ -2217,7 +2220,7 @@ msgstr ""
"société actuelle (ainsi qu'à leurs sociétés affiliées ou filiales dans le "
"language Odoo). De même pour les visiteurs. "
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
msgid ""
"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
@ -2227,11 +2230,11 @@ msgstr ""
" vous changez de site Web. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, "
"utilisez l'onglet de sélection de société dans le menu."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
msgstr "Configurez votre site Web eCommerce"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
msgid ""
"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
@ -2241,11 +2244,11 @@ msgstr ""
" avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux puisse être personnalisable pour"
" s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites Web."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
msgid "Products only available on one website"
msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur un seul site Web"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
msgid ""
"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
@ -2256,11 +2259,11 @@ msgstr ""
"formulaire d'édition du produit. Un champ vide veut dire qu'il est "
"disponible sur tous les sites Web."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur *certains* sites Web"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
msgid ""
"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
"should duplicate the product for each website."
@ -2268,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Pour rendre un produit disponible sur certains site Web uniquement, vous "
"devez dupliquer le produit pour chaque site."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
msgid ""
"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@ -2282,11 +2285,11 @@ msgstr ""
"dans votre stock. Ainsi, tout article vendu à partir de votre site Web sera "
"converti en un article stockable sur le bon de livraison."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
msgid "Pricelists"
msgstr "Listes de prix"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
msgid ""
"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
"Prices per Product* in Website settings."
@ -2294,7 +2297,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Pour gérer des prix spécifiques par site Web, activez *Divers prix de vente "
"par produit* dans les paramètres du site."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
"additional pricelists. See "
@ -2304,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pour créer des listes de prix additionnelles. Consultez "
":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
msgid ""
"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
"this website."
@ -2312,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez l'un des sites Web pour rendre une "
"liste de prix disponible uniquement sur ce site."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
msgid ""
"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
@ -2323,11 +2326,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Autrement, elle ne sera disponible que pour des opérations de vente en "
"arrière-plan ou pour des applications point de vente."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement et modes de livraison"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
msgid ""
"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@ -2340,11 +2343,11 @@ msgstr ""
"géolocalisation IP. Maintenant, vous pouvez aussi définir les sites en "
"remplissant le champ *Site Web*."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
msgid "Customer accounts"
msgstr "Comptes client"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
msgid ""
"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@ -2358,11 +2361,11 @@ msgstr ""
"site. Cette dernière option est idéale si vous ne voulez pas que les "
"visiteurs fassent un lien entre vos différents sites Web."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
msgid "Technical hints for customization"
msgstr "Des conseils techniques pour la personnalisation"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
msgid ""
"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
" make it work with multi websites:"
@ -2370,20 +2373,20 @@ msgstr ""
"Si vous désirez publier des éléments personnalisés sur le site Web, voici "
"quelques conseils pour les faire fonctionner avec des sites Web multiples :"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
msgstr ""
"Plan du site : n'oubliez pas le domaine dans le routage pour ne publier "
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
msgstr "que les données disponibles dans le plan de chaque site Web."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
msgid "Access: you should call the method"
msgstr "Accès : vous devez le nommer"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
msgid ""
"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
" can see a record in the current website."
@ -2391,18 +2394,124 @@ msgstr ""
"*peut_accèder_depuis_actuel_site Web* sur l'unité de commande pour que le "
"visiteur puisse voir un enregistrement sur le site Web en cours."
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
msgstr ""
"Recherche : lorsqu'une liste d'enregistrements est affichée, n'oubliez pas "
"de spécifier"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
msgstr ""
"le domaine pour n'afficher que les enregistrements disponibles sur le site "
"Web en cours."
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
msgid ""
"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
msgid ""
"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
msgid "Restart the server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
msgid ""
"`CLI documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
msgid ""
"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
"notice/>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
msgid ""
"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
msgid ""
"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
"address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
msgid ""
"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
"reason :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
msgid ""
"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
msgid ""
"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
"`--proxy-mode "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
msgid "How to translate my website"
msgstr "Comment traduire mon site Web"

5313
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

73
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
msgid "Configuration"
@ -322,6 +323,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Prijzen"
@ -697,6 +699,75 @@ msgid ""
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
msgid ""
"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
"quickly get all the information you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
"Autocomplete* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
msgid ""
"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
" will be populated with corporate data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
msgid ""
"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
msgid ""
"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
"company name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr "Configureer uw VOIP Asterisk server voor Odoo"

31
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -300,25 +300,30 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""

7
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -986,8 +986,9 @@ msgid "How to:"
msgstr "Hoe te:"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
msgid "Switch to developer mode."
msgstr "Wisselen naar ontwikkelaarsmodus."
msgid ""
"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89
msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method."

280
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: nl\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
msgid ""
"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
msgid "Create Mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
msgid ""
"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
" or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
"be redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
msgid ""
"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
"send it only to a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses will be shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"will delete the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
"*queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
msgstr ""

6
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
"behaviour."
msgstr ""

350
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr "Buitendienst"
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid ""
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping track of stock"
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr "Niet toegewezen taken"
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid ""
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

415
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke <mxv@odoo.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -50,25 +50,21 @@ msgstr "Hoe gebruikers toestaan zich aan te melden met hun Google-account"
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
"Connecteer met uw Google account en ga naar "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
"Klik op **Creëer Project** en voer een projectnaam en andere details in"
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr "Klik op **Gebruik Google APIs**"
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
@ -76,13 +72,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Selecteer in het linkse submenu **Aanmeldgegevens** (vanuit **API "
"beheerder**) en selecteer vervolgens **OAuth toestemmingsscherm**."
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr "Vul uw adres, e-mail en de productnaam in en sla het op."
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
@ -90,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Klik vervolgens op **Aanmeldgegevens toevoegen** en selecteer de tweede "
"optie (OAuth 2.0 client ID)."
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
@ -98,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Controleer of het applicatie type is ingesteld op **Web applicatie**. "
"Configureer nu de toegestane pagina's bij welke u wordt doorverwezen."
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
@ -108,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Kopieer en plak de volgende link in de container: "
"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Vervolgens klik op **Creëer**"
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
@ -203,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr ""
"niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)."
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid ""
"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
msgstr ""
@ -316,23 +312,23 @@ msgstr ""
"gegevens. Dergelijke sjablonen kunnen met één klik worden geïmporteerd; De "
"data mapping is reeds gedaan."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
msgid "How to adapt the template"
msgstr "Hoe de template wijzigen"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
msgstr ""
"Voeg kolommen toe, verwijder ze en soort ze zodat ze zo goed mogelijk bij uw"
" datastructuur passen."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
msgstr ""
"We adviseren u om het veld **ID** niet weg te halen (waarom ziet u in de "
"volgende sectie)."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
@ -344,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Maar geen zorgen! U kunt nieuwe kolommen handmatig toewijzen wanneer u de "
"import test. Zoek in de lijst naar het overeenkomstige veld."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38
msgid ""
"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
"on the very next time."
@ -352,11 +348,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Gebruik vervolgens dit veld zijn label in uw bestand om het de volgende keer"
" direct te doen werken."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43
msgid "How to import from another application"
msgstr "Hoe importeren vanuit een andere applicatie"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
@ -366,18 +362,18 @@ msgid ""
" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
msgid ""
"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
"whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
msgstr "Ik kan het veld niet vinden dat ik wens te koppelen aan mijn kolom"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61
msgid ""
"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
@ -388,7 +384,7 @@ msgid ""
" default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
@ -398,11 +394,11 @@ msgstr ""
" (geavanceerd)** optie aan te vinken, vervolgens zal je de mogelijkheid "
"hebben om te kiezen uit de complete lijst van velden voor iedere kolom. "
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr "Waar kan ik het datum invoerformaat wijzigen?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
@ -412,7 +408,7 @@ msgid ""
"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
@ -420,7 +416,7 @@ msgid ""
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
@ -428,11 +424,11 @@ msgid ""
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr "Kan ik nummers importeren met een valuta-teken (bvb.: $ 32,00)?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
@ -442,58 +438,58 @@ msgid ""
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr "Voorbeelden van ondersteunde cijfers (gebruikt 32000 als voorbeeld):"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr "32.000,00"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr "32000,00"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr "32,000.00"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr "-32000.00"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr "(32000.00)"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr "€ 32.000,00"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr "(32000.00 €)"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr "Voorbeeld dat niet werkt:"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr "ABC 32.000,00"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr "€ (32.000,00)"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
"Wat kan ik doen als de tabel Importeervoorbeeld niet correct wordt "
"weergegeven?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
@ -501,7 +497,7 @@ msgid ""
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
@ -511,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr ""
"scheidingen niet detecteren. U moet de bestandsindeling opties wijzigen in "
"uw spreadsheet applicatie. Zie de volgende vraag."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
@ -519,36 +515,37 @@ msgstr ""
"Hoe kan ik het CSV bestandsformaat wijzigen wanneer ik deze bewaar in de "
"spreadsheet applicatie?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check "
"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> "
"Encoding tab`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen Database ID en Extern ID?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
@ -556,46 +553,46 @@ msgstr ""
"Bijvoorbeeld, om te verwijzen naar het land van een contactpersoon, stelt "
"Odoo u 3 verschillende en importeerbare velden voor:"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr "Land: de naam of code van het land"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr "Het land België kunt op één van deze drie manieren importeren:"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr "Land: België"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr "Land/Database ID: 21"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr "Land/Externe ID: base.be"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
@ -603,7 +600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Gebruik land: Dit is de makkelijkste manier wanneer uw gegevens komen vanuit"
" een CSV bestand dat handmatig is aangemaakt."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
@ -611,7 +608,7 @@ msgid ""
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
@ -619,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Gebruik Land/Externe ID: Gebruik externe ID wanneer u data importeert vanuit"
" een externe applicatie."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
@ -628,27 +625,23 @@ msgid ""
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
":download:`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`."
msgstr ""
"`CSV bestand voor categorieën "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
":download:`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`."
msgstr ""
"`CSV bestand voor producten "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr "Wat moet ik doen als ik verschillende matches heb voor een veld?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
@ -659,7 +652,7 @@ msgid ""
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
@ -669,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr ""
"raden wij u aan gebruik te maken van de externe ID voor dit veld "
"'Categorie'."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
@ -677,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hoe kan ik een many2many relatieveld importeren (bijvoorbeeld een klant met "
"meerdere labels)?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
@ -689,13 +682,13 @@ msgstr ""
" geven, dan moet u zowel 'Fabrikant, Retailer' in dezelfde kolom ingeven in "
"uw CSV bestand."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
@ -703,34 +696,24 @@ msgstr ""
"Hoe kan ik een one2many relatie importeren (bijvoorbeeld verkooporderlijnen "
"op een verkooporder)?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some "
"quotations you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
"Indien u verkooporders wilt importeren met verschillende orderregels, dient "
"u in het CSV bestand een specifieke regel te reserveren voor iedere "
"orderregel. De eerste orderregel wordt geïmporteerd op de eerste regel welke"
" ook de kop informatie van de order bevat. Voor elke extra orderregel is een"
" extra rij nodig die geen informatie bevat van de velden die betrekking "
"hebben op de bestelling. Als import voorbeeld kan u hier het "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV bestand vinden met "
"demogegevens van enkele offertes."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
":download:`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`."
msgstr ""
"`Bestand voor offertes "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
@ -738,13 +721,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Het volgende CSV bestand toont u hoe u aankooporders met hun "
"respectievelijke aankooporderlijnen importeert:"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
@ -752,19 +735,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Het volgende CSV bestand laat zien hoe klanten en de bijbehorende "
"contactpersonen te importeren:"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
":download:`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`."
msgstr ""
"`Klanten en hun respectievelijke contacten "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr "Kan ik meerdere malen hetzelfde record importeren?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
@ -774,7 +755,7 @@ msgid ""
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
@ -783,11 +764,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo te gebruiken voor het bewerken van een hele reeks record in uw "
"favoriete spreadsheet applicatie."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr "Wat gebeurd er als ik geen waarde voor een specifiek veld ingeef?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
@ -799,13 +780,13 @@ msgstr ""
"zonder waarde in de CSV file, zal Odoo het veld LEEG maken, in plaats van "
"het veld de standaard waarde toe te kennen."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
"Hoe verschillende tabellen exporteren/importeren vanuit een SQL applicatie "
"naar Odoo?"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
@ -817,40 +798,26 @@ msgstr ""
"(bijv. als u bedrijven en personen importeert dient u de koppeling tussen "
"ieder persoon en het bedrijf te maken."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
"Om relaties tussen tabellen te beheren, kunt u gebruik maken van de "
"\"Externe ID\" van Odoo. Deze \"externe ID\" van een record is de unieke "
"identificatie van dit record in de andere applicatie. Deze \"Externe ID\" "
"moet uniek zijn bij alle records en alle objecten. Het is daarom verstandig "
"om de externe ID te voorzien van een voorvoegsel, met de naam van de "
"applicatie of de tabel (zoals 'bedrijf_1', 'persoon_1' in plaats van alleen "
"'1')"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)"
msgstr ""
"Een voorbeeld. Stel u heeft een SQL database met twee tabellen, die u wilt "
"importeren: bedrijven en personen. Ieder persoon behoort toe aan één "
"bedrijf. U dient dus een koppeling te maken tussen de persoon en het "
"bedrijf, waar hij voor werkt. (Als u dit voorbeeld wilt testen, is hier <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">heeft u hier een "
"dump van een PostgreSQL databank</a>)"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
@ -858,11 +825,11 @@ msgstr ""
"We zullen eerst alle bedrijven en hun \"Externe ID\" exporteren. In PSQL, "
"schrijf het volgende commando:"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
msgstr "Dit SQL commando zal het volgende CSV bestand genereren:"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
@ -870,28 +837,21 @@ msgstr ""
"Om het CSV bestand aan te maken voor contacten, gekoppeld aan bedrijven, "
"gebruiken we het volgende SQL commando in PSQL:"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
msgstr "Het genereert het volgende CSV bestand:"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)."
msgstr ""
"Zoals u in dit bestand kunt zien, werken Fabien en Laurence voor grote "
"bedrijven (company_1) en Eric werkt voor het bedrijf Organi. De relatie "
"tussen de personen en de bedrijven wordt gemaakt door gebruik te maken van "
"de Externe ID van de bedrijven. Om een conflict te voorkomen tussen de ID "
"van de personen en de bedrijven (person_1 en company_1 welke dezelfde ID "
"delen in de originele database) hebben we voor de \"Externe ID\" een "
"voorvoegsel met de naam van de tabel gemaakt."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
@ -904,6 +864,79 @@ msgstr ""
"gekoppeld aan het eerste bedrijf). U dient eerst de bedrijven en dan de "
"personen te importeren."
#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3
msgid "Developer Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8
msgid "Through the Settings application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate"
" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20
msgid ""
"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23
msgid "Through a browser extension"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo "
"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your "
"toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28
msgid ""
"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of "
"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use"
" a single click."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35
msgid "Through the URL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37
msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44
msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47
msgid "Locate the mode tools"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49
msgid ""
"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* "
"button, located on the header of your pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3
msgid "In-App Purchase"
msgstr ""
@ -912,100 +945,102 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5
msgid ""
"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For"
" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by "
"post directly from my database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9
msgid "Buying Credits"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11
msgid ""
"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. "
"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> "
"Odoo IAP > View my Services*."
"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19
msgid ""
"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit "
"from free credits to test our IAP features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
msgid "IAP accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25
msgid ""
"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific "
"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all "
"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app "
"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*."
"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34
msgid "IAP Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36
msgid ""
"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible "
"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my"
" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a "
"reminder to when credits are low."
"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From "
"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my "
"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44
msgid "Get notified when credits are low"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
msgid ""
"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP "
"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service"
" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum"
" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is "
"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!"
"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my "
"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. "
"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, "
"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to "
"by email!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56
msgid "IAP services available"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58
msgid ""
"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your "
"Database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60
msgid ""
"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used "
"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by "
"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66
msgid "Offering my own services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68
msgid ""
"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is"
" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use"
" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, "
"find more information at: `In-App Purchase "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
@ -1063,11 +1098,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"Refer to our `Pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Onthoud dat elke extra gebruiker je abonnementskosten verhoogt. Raadpleeg de"
" * Prijspagina * <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>` voor meer informatie."
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
msgid ""
@ -1084,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zijn wachtwoord in te stellen. U kunt dan zijn toegangsrechten definiëren "
"onder de: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Gebruikersmenu '."
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"

168
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgid ""
"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5
msgid ""
"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, "
"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk"
@ -41,21 +41,22 @@ msgid ""
"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10
msgid "Set up the After Sales services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: "
"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After"
" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite "
"Interventions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19
msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets"
msgstr "Genereer creditfacturen van tickets"
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21
msgid ""
"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For "
"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the "
@ -63,56 +64,56 @@ msgid ""
"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
msgid "Allow product returns from tickets"
msgstr "Sta productretouren toe op tickets"
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31
msgid ""
"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will "
"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
msgid "Grant coupons from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40
msgid ""
"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or "
"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on "
"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*."
"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48
msgid "Repairs from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50
msgid ""
"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will"
" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next "
"step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59
msgid ""
"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the "
"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan "
"Intervention*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66
msgid ""
"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-"
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53
#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`"
msgstr ""
@ -120,61 +121,62 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "Sta klanten toe om hun tickets af te sluiten"
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > "
"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*."
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is "
"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*."
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*."
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable "
"*Closing Stage*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be "
"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage "
"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40
#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > "
"Applied*."
":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> "
"Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
@ -231,15 +233,11 @@ msgstr "Hoe verschillende fases opzetten voor elk team"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
"the lower right-hand side."
"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
"Eerst zal je de ontwikkelaarsmodus moeten activeren. Ga hiervoor naar de "
"instellingen module en selecteer rechtsonder de link voor \"Activeer de "
"ontwikkelaarsmodus\"."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42
msgid ""
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
@ -251,15 +249,15 @@ msgstr ""
" fasen creëren en die fasen toewijzen aan 1 of meerdere teams, zodat u voor "
"elk team aanpasbare fases kunt instellen!"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
msgstr "Start met het ontvangen van tickets"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn klanten tickets doorsturen?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
msgid ""
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
@ -267,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Selecteer \"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteer \"Instellingen\", "
"selecteer uw Helpdeskteam. Onder \"Kanalen vindt u 4 opties:"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59
msgid ""
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
@ -276,7 +274,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ticket te maken. De onderwerpregel van de e-mail wordt het onderwerp op het "
"ticket."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66
msgid ""
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
@ -286,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uwwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit en een ticket indienen via een "
"websiteformulier - net als odoo.com/help!"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73
msgid ""
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
@ -296,18 +294,18 @@ msgstr ""
"start de livechat en uw Live Chat-operator kan een ticket maken met behulp "
"van de opdracht \"/helpdesk\" + \"het Onderwerp van het ticket\"."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the "
"documentation `here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
msgstr "Er zijn tickets aangemaakt, wat nu?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87
msgid ""
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
@ -320,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr ""
"linkerbovenhoek van een ticket of door zichzelf toe te voegen aan het veld "
"'Toegewezen aan'."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
@ -328,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Als u de toewijzingsmethode \"Willekeurig\" of \"Gebalanceerd\" hebt "
"gekozen, worden uw tickets toegewezen aan een lid van dat Helpdeskteam."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98
msgid ""
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
@ -336,11 +334,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Van hieruit beginnen zij te werken aan het oplossen van de tickets! Wanneer "
"ze voltooid zijn komt het ticket in de opgelost fase."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
msgstr "Hoe markeer ik dit ticket als urgent?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
msgid ""
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
@ -350,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ticket te selecteren. Hoe meer sterren hoe dringender het is. U kunt dit "
"doen in de Kanban-weergave of op het ticket formulier."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111
msgid ""
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
@ -358,11 +356,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Om een Service Level Agreement-beleid voor uw werknemers in te stellen, "
"activeert u eerst deze functie onder \"Instellingen\""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
msgstr "Van hier, selecteer \"Stel SLA regels in\" en klik op \"Maken\"."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119
msgid ""
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
@ -370,12 +368,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Je vult informatie in zoals het Helpdeskteam, wat de minimale prioriteit is "
"op de tickets (de sterren) en de doelen voor de tickets."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
msgstr ""
"Wat als een ticket is geblokkeerd of klaar is om aan te worden gewerkt?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128
msgid ""
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
@ -383,19 +381,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Als een ticket niet kan worden opgelost of geblokkeerd is, kunt u de "
"\"Kanban-status\" op het ticket aanpassen. Je hebt 3 opties:"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
msgstr "Grijs - Normale staat"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133
msgid "Red - Blocked"
msgstr "Rood - Geblokkeerd"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
msgstr "Groen - Klaar voor volgende fase"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
msgid ""
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
"Ticket form."
@ -403,11 +401,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Net als de urgentie-sterren kun je de staat aanpassen in de kanban of op het"
" ticket formulier."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn medewerkers tijd boeken op een ticket?"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146
msgid ""
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
@ -417,7 +415,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Ticket\". U ziet een veld verschijnen waar u het project kunt selecteren "
"waar de uren kunnen geregistreerd worden."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153
msgid ""
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
@ -425,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nu u een project hebt geselecteerd, kunt u opslaan. Als u teruggaat naar een"
" ticket, ziet u een nieuw tabblad genaamd \"Urenstaten\""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
msgid ""
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
"ticket."
@ -433,15 +431,15 @@ msgstr ""
"Hier kunnen uw werknemers een regel toevoegen om te registreren wat zij voor"
" dit ticket hebben gedaan."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
msgstr "Stel uw klanten in staat om eenvoudig uw diensten te beoordelen."
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr "Activeer hiervoor \"Beoordelingen\" onder \"Instellingen\""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170
msgid ""
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
@ -624,36 +622,36 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5
msgid ""
"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets "
"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more "
"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie"
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12
msgid ""
"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the "
"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on "
"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be "
"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from"
" tasks*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`"
" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under "
"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and "
"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable "
"the feature *Bill from tasks*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22
msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24
msgid ""
"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the "
"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25
#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31
msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice."
msgstr ""

708
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

371
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: nl\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5
msgid "Marketing Automation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
msgid "Understanding Metrics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4
msgid ""
"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way "
"of linking your employees to goals."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9
msgid ""
"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics"
" in a graph form and in numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10
msgid "Let’s consider the example below:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down"
" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an"
" email address set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20
msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they "
"have matched the criteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36
msgid ""
"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will"
" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or "
"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41
msgid ""
"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in "
"the meantime will be excluded from later activities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45
msgid ""
"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, "
"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - "
"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants,"
" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as "
"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number "
"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under "
"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be"
" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its "
"domain one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number "
"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match"
" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to "
"the total number of participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to "
"*Rejected*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71
msgid ""
"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected "
"participants, per day, for the last 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75
msgid ""
"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be "
"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from "
"the beginning (parent action)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80
msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81
msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3
msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4
msgid ""
"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-"
"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, "
"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and "
"creates a seamless experience for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9
msgid "Segment and create a campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12
msgid ""
"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully "
"integrated with *Contacts*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14
msgid ""
"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are "
"installed in your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23
msgid ""
"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the "
"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the "
"criteria will be added to the workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25
msgid ""
"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at "
"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign "
"will stop running."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29
msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30
msgid "Click on *Add new activity*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being "
"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters "
"for this specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47
msgid "Add Child Activities"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48
msgid ""
"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50
msgid ""
"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the "
"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked "
"or not, the email bounced back."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53
msgid ":doc:`segment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3
msgid "Segment the Database with Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4
msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7
msgid "How to work with filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8
msgid ""
"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow"
" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables "
"within it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18
msgid ""
"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is "
"called a *branch* (...)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19
msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27
msgid ""
"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the "
"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one"
" rule or the other."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag "
"name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event "
"that purchase a specific category of ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55
msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket "
"solved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52
msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3
msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4
msgid ""
"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow "
"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding "
"mistakes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8
msgid "Launch a test"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9
msgid "Click on *Launch a test*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12
msgid ""
"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the "
"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop"
" the whole workflow click on *Stop*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22
msgid ""
"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not "
"introducing wrong inputs to reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27
msgid "Start and stop a workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The "
"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will"
" be shown on the status bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38
msgid "Participants and their specific workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the "
"campaign."
msgstr ""
#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47
msgid ""
"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific"
" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the "
"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on "
"*Cancel*."
msgstr ""

21
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -194,36 +194,35 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27
msgid ""
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go "
"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer "
"mode*."
"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30
msgid ""
"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`."
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury "
"Configurations`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32
msgid ""
"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury "
"credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
"Methods` and create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then "
"select your Mercury credentials that you just created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52
#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47
msgid ""
"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment."
msgstr ""

16
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -792,11 +792,7 @@ msgid ""
"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32
msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28
msgid ""
"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order "
"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number "
@ -808,7 +804,7 @@ msgid ""
"supplier or enter a new one)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40
msgid ""
"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will"
" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**."
@ -816,20 +812,20 @@ msgstr ""
"Na te hebben geklikt op **Verzenden** zal u zien dat de offerteaanvraag "
"status van **Concept** naar **Offerteaanvraag verzonden**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on "
"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, "
"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to "
"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57
msgid ""
"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right"
" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice."

82
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
View File

@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -438,25 +438,27 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27
msgid ""
"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your "
"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up "
"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the "
"order that you wish to synchronize and save."
"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account "
"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order "
"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you "
"wish to synchronize and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC "
"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by "
"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your "
"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order"
" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC"
" PICKINGS**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42
msgid ""
"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
@ -464,18 +466,18 @@ msgid ""
"products partially by using backorders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46
msgid ""
"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
"it) is on its way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52
msgid ""
"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
@ -486,14 +488,14 @@ msgid ""
"under the FBA program."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
msgid ""
"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64
msgid ""
"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
@ -505,24 +507,24 @@ msgid ""
" your account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74
msgid ""
"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** "
"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view "
"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
msgid ""
"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter "
"orders based on the sales team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
msgid ""
"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register "
"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon "
@ -533,11 +535,11 @@ msgid ""
"account by the amount received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91
msgid ""
"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
@ -545,13 +547,13 @@ msgid ""
" of your company's accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
msgid ""
"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
@ -641,16 +643,17 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49
msgid ""
"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate"
" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> "
"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55
msgid "Configure taxes of products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57
msgid ""
"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
@ -659,7 +662,7 @@ msgid ""
" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62
#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
msgid ""
"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
@ -858,8 +861,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
msgid ""
"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate"
" the developer mode`"
"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52
@ -972,7 +974,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
@ -1208,7 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "Maak een abonnement vanuit een verkooporder"
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
"the subscription product your previously created."
"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
@ -1296,6 +1297,13 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
msgstr "Vanuit de verkooporder kan u de uren vervolgens factureren."
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
msgid ""
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
msgid ""
"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
@ -2556,8 +2564,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
"*Default Terms & Conditions*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23

618
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po
View File

@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2019
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019
#
@ -13,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -27,491 +26,548 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "SMS Marketing"
msgstr "SMS marketing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3
msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies "
"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries "
"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my "
"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among "
"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8
msgid ""
"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep "
"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19
msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to "
"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom "
"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts "
"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my "
"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose "
"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing "
"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to "
"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get "
"data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38
msgid ""
"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list "
"he’s not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43
msgid ""
"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of "
"my sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56
msgid ""
"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be "
"delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58
msgid ""
"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run."
" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59
msgid ""
"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if "
"there are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60
msgid ""
"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings "
"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while"
" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I "
"must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying "
"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of my SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71
msgid ""
"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on "
"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3
msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4
msgid ""
"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want"
" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your "
"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from "
"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS "
"distribution a lot easier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11
msgid "Contact lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7
msgid ""
"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to "
"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. "
"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system "
"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot "
"easier."
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my "
"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the"
" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to "
"allow them to update their subscription preferences."
"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if "
"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the"
" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16
msgid ""
"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that "
"specific list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22
msgid "History with the Log Notes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23
msgid ""
"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient "
"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31
msgid ""
"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history "
"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to "
"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out"
" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not."
"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a "
"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the "
"ability to better understand them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33
msgid ""
"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing "
"promotions a customer has received or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "Blacklist"
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39
msgid ""
"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in "
"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > "
"Import*."
"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have "
"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40
msgid ""
"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> "
"Import`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3
msgid "Integrations and Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement "
"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your "
"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using "
"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing "
"app isn’t different!"
"costumers, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns"
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9
msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10
msgid ""
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email "
"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the "
":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16
msgid ""
"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* "
"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email "
"marketing ones."
"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS "
"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and "
"your email marketing ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22
msgid ""
"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have "
"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my "
"kanban view to better organize the work being done."
"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you "
"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in "
"your kanban view to better organize the work being done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30
msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32
msgid ""
"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It "
"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for "
"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and "
"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number."
"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for"
" example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34
msgid ""
"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > "
"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*."
"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the "
"*SMS* icon next to the phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to "
":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send "
"SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47
msgid "Set up SMS Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48
msgid ""
"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the "
"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > "
"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need."
"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to "
":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59
msgid ""
"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to "
"the context."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra "
"notable integrations:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64
msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65
msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66
msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67
msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69
msgid ""
"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a "
"document online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70
msgid ""
"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71
msgid ""
"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74
msgid ""
"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently"
" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__."
" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3
msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4
msgid ""
"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you"
" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not "
"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this "
"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - "
"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11
msgid "Install the app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13
msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16
msgid "Build an SMS mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24
msgid ""
"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to "
"remember what the mailing is about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you"
" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will "
"receive your SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28
msgid ""
"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option."
" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34
msgid ""
"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing "
"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to"
" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than "
"one *Mailing list*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will "
"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to "
"get data about those links."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45
msgid ""
"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If "
"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he "
"is not interested in anymore."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52
msgid ""
"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of"
" your sent links, access them and look at statistics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59
msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63
msgid "Sending my mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67
msgid ""
"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it "
"to be delivered:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69
msgid ""
"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. "
"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71
msgid ""
"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there"
" are not that many recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73
msgid ""
"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that"
" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while "
"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76
msgid ""
"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test "
"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page "
"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, "
"you must remember to use a comma between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82
msgid "Visualize reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying"
" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the "
"performance of your SMS mailings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90
msgid ""
"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on"
" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97
msgid ""
"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, "
"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: "
":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3
msgid "Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3
msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Prijzen"
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7
msgid ""
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires "
"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and "
"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6
msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ "
"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_"
"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires "
"prepaid credits* to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11
msgid ""
"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or"
" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11
msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12
msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14
msgid ""
"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message,"
" that includes the following characters:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23
msgid ""
"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in "
"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27
msgid ""
"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above"
" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the "
"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The "
"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message "
"represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34
msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35
msgid ""
"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of "
"characters) of the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37
msgid ""
"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https"
"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in "
"your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49
msgid "How do I buy credits?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57
msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70
msgid "More common questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72
msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24
msgid "No, your credits won’t expire."
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74
msgid "No, credits do not expire."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77
msgid ""
"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because "
"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80
msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83
msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85
msgid "Yes."
msgstr "Ja."
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88
msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90
msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to "
"send them all?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent "
"until you have enough credits to send them all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99
msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101
msgid ""
"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding "
"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> "
"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS."
"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under "
":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107
msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109
msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I "
"lose credits?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114
msgid ""
"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). "
"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the "
"credit will be lost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118
msgid ""
"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a"
" ticket for a festival)?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120
msgid ""
"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be "
"charged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125
msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128
msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64
#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66
msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68
msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70
msgid ""
"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can "
"be seen in the following picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75
msgid ""
"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous "
"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is"
" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. "
"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message"
" represents."
"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__."
msgstr ""

383
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po
View File

@ -5,16 +5,15 @@
#
# Translators:
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2019\n"
"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -23,151 +22,339 @@ msgstr ""
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2
msgid "Social Marketing"
msgstr "Social marketing"
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3
msgid "Advanced Topics"
msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3
msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with "
"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help "
"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request."
"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your "
"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your "
"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental "
"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your"
" content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10
msgid "Add your social media and create your feed"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16
msgid ""
"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream "
"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to "
"Odoo Social Marketing application."
"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The "
"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be "
"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You"
" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you"
" like."
"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a "
"transaction (paid)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:"
"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started"
" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30
msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32
msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22
msgid ""
"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, "
"Retweet,..)"
"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your "
"content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this "
"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium."
"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the "
"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* "
"application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*,"
" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77
msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3
msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5
msgid ""
"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is "
"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big "
"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as "
"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective "
"interaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` "
"select the appropriate channel, and set it up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20
msgid ""
"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action "
"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, "
"GeoIP must be installed on your server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24
msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27
msgid "Monitor your visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29
msgid ""
"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your "
":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34
msgid ""
"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a "
"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has "
"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received "
"by the user once they move to a tracked page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and "
"last date and time the user was connected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43
msgid ""
"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or "
"an existing partner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your "
"own website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49
msgid "Website’s tracked pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51
msgid ""
"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to "
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option "
"*Track*, on the respective pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3
msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them"
" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a "
"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your "
"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully "
"execute your online strategy, from posts to results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12
msgid "Add accounts and create your feed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14
msgid ""
"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your "
"accounts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21
msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23
msgid ""
"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is"
" automatically added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and"
" customize your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31
msgid ""
"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get "
"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on "
"*Insights*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39
msgid "Link a LinkedIn account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48
msgid ""
"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the "
"creation of content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51
msgid "Publish content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53
msgid ""
"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification"
" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or "
"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where"
" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview "
"of how it will look when published."
"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to "
":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60
msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61
msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64
msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67
msgid ""
"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on "
"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications "
"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You"
" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the"
" previous paragraph."
"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, "
"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56
msgid "Enable push notifications on your website"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68
msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70
msgid ""
"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by "
"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your "
"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications"
" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the "
"notifications permission request."
"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, "
"and click on an existing one to edit it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67
msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79
msgid ":doc:`./livechat`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3
msgid "Use Web Push Notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5
msgid ""
"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them "
"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start "
"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either "
"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple "
"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your "
"Homepage)."
"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the "
"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They "
"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, "
"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, "
"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75
msgid "Interact with your online visitors"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11
msgid "Ask users for permission"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13
msgid ""
"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every "
"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your "
"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online "
"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing "
"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a "
"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live "
"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your "
"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)."
"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration"
" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91
msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20
msgid ""
"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and"
" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate "
"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API "
"keys."
"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the "
"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102
msgid "Configure your own Firebase API"
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28
msgid "Send notifications"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31
msgid "Individually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33
msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40
msgid "To a group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42
msgid ""
"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no "
"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be "
"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own "
"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
" Settings` Web Push Notifications section."
"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* "
"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50
msgid ""
"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting "
"archived."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53
msgid "By rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55
msgid ""
"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web "
"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records "
"that match the rules you set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63
msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application."
msgstr ""

277
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po
View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -263,246 +263,6 @@ msgid ""
"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6
msgid "Contribute to the documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9
msgid "First of all..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11
msgid ""
"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user "
"documentation of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15
msgid "Edit an existing page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17
msgid ""
"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub "
"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-"
"account>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18
msgid ""
"Pick a page in our `user documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing "
"the right version of Odoo.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19
msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25
msgid ""
"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork "
"repository**, else you won't see this step."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26
msgid ""
"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax "
"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's "
"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a "
"quick overview of RST commands."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32
msgid ""
"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable"
" format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38
msgid ""
"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your "
"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the "
"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a "
"longer explanation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44
msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45
msgid "Click on **Create pull request**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46
msgid ""
"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your "
"help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49
msgid ""
"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51
msgid ""
"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in "
"your contribution message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55
msgid "RST Cheat Sheet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57
msgid ""
"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Code"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Tonen"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "Opmerkingen"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62
msgid "Text in *italics*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66
msgid "Text in **bold** letters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Numbered"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77
msgid "Bullet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78
msgid "List"
msgstr "Lijst"
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76
msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82
msgid ""
"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard "
"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85
msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90
msgid ""
"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation "
"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of "
"RST."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94
msgid "Add images to your documents"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98
msgid ""
"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the "
"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on "
"improving this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101
msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103
msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104
msgid ""
"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large"
" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106
msgid ""
"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include "
"any personal data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108
msgid ""
"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page "
"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109
msgid ""
"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117
msgid "Submit your changes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128
msgid "Technical Details for Nerds"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130
msgid ""
"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository "
"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request "
"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133
msgid ""
"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-"
"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138
msgid "Developer documentation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140
msgid ""
"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside "
"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143
msgid ""
"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related "
"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36
msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8
msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
msgstr ""
@ -637,48 +397,49 @@ msgid ""
"server)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "Please include in your request:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16
msgid "your subscription number,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17
msgid ""
"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also "
"send the URL of your database."
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18
msgid "your subscription number"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19
msgid ""
"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or "
"Odoo.sh)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21
msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
msgid "Odoo Community"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32
msgid ""
"Ask your question on the `community forum "
"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31
#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33
msgid ""
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and "
"bugfix services."
"`Buy Odoo Enterprise "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the"
" support and bugfix services."
msgstr ""

225
locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2019\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -1019,10 +1019,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483
msgid ""
"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, "
"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with"
" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed "
"from their original versions."
"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither"
" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to "
"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are "
"not transformed from their original versions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
@ -1288,10 +1289,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641
msgid ""
"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> "
"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages,"
" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non "
"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades."
"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> "
"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a"
" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not "
"reset the file after system upgrades."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish.rst:3
@ -1717,18 +1719,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
msgid ""
"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, "
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library."
"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
"installation`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
msgid ":doc:`domain_name`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130
msgid "Customize the visitor experience"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133
msgid ""
"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu"
" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to "
@ -1737,11 +1740,11 @@ msgid ""
"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143
msgid "Publish specific content per website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146
msgid ""
"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog "
"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change "
@ -1749,93 +1752,93 @@ msgid ""
"blank. This will publish it in all the websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154
msgid ""
"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the "
"websites*:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Producten"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159
msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161
msgid "Blogs"
msgstr "Blogs"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
msgid "Slide Channels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165
msgid "Forums"
msgstr "Forums"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Evenementen"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169
msgid "Job Positions"
msgstr "Functies"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172
msgid ""
"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
"product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176
msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178
msgid ""
"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website."
" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> "
"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182
msgid ""
"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
"and set the new website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188
msgid ""
"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A"
" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
"being linked to all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193
msgid ""
"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original "
"page behind each edited page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200
msgid "Multi-companies"
msgstr "Multi-bedrijven"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
msgid ""
"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
"companies environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208
msgid ""
"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website "
"(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211
msgid ""
"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have "
"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to "
@ -1843,46 +1846,46 @@ msgid ""
"visitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
msgid ""
"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching "
"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
" selector in the menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223
msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225
msgid ""
"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it"
" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230
msgid "Products only available on one website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
msgid ""
"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website."
" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product "
"edit form. Empty means available in all websites."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240
msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242
msgid ""
"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
"should duplicate the product for each website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245
msgid ""
"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should "
"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each "
@ -1891,41 +1894,41 @@ msgid ""
"converted into the storable item in the delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252
msgid "Pricelists"
msgstr "Prijslijsten"
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
msgid ""
"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
"Prices per Product* in Website settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create "
"additional pricelists. See "
":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260
msgid ""
"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
"this website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
msgid ""
"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if "
"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend "
"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271
msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273
msgid ""
"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in"
" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country "
@ -1933,11 +1936,11 @@ msgid ""
"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279
msgid "Customer accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281
msgid ""
"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website "
"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the "
@ -1946,42 +1949,148 @@ msgid ""
"the visitor mind."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291
msgid "Technical hints for customization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293
msgid ""
"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to"
" make it work with multi websites:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297
msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301
msgid "Access: you should call the method"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300
msgid ""
"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor"
" can see a record in the current website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305
msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303
#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304
msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3
msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8
msgid ""
"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system "
"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13
msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15
msgid ""
"Download the `GeoLite2 City database "
"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a"
" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19
msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21
msgid "Restart the server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in "
"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo "
"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP "
"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32
msgid ""
"`CLI documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34
msgid ""
"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is "
"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now "
"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-"
"notice/>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37
msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38
msgid ""
"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39
msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40
msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46
msgid ""
"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip "
"address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51
msgid ""
"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following "
"reason :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53
msgid ""
"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area "
"network one (``192.168.*.*``)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54
msgid ""
"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See "
"`--proxy-mode "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-"
"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55
msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56
msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
msgid "How to translate my website"
msgstr "Hoe mijn website vertalen"

4979
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

73
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12
#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
msgid "Configuration"
@ -297,6 +298,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
msgid "Pricing"
msgstr "Preços"
@ -635,6 +637,75 @@ msgid ""
" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
msgid ""
"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
"quickly get all the information you need."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
"Autocomplete* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
msgid ""
"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
" will be populated with corporate data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
msgid ""
"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
msgid ""
"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
"company name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
msgid ""
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
msgid ""
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
msgid ""
"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you "
"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
msgid ""
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3
msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo"
msgstr ""

31
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@ -294,25 +294,30 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To "
"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166
msgid ""
"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * "
"mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode "
"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->"
" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""

5
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po
View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@ -939,7 +939,8 @@ msgid "How to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87
msgid "Switch to developer mode."
msgid ""
"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89

280
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5
msgid "Email Marketing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3
msgid "Work with Mailing Lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4
msgid ""
"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as"
" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, "
"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9
msgid "Create Mailing lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable "
"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when "
"unsubscribing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18
msgid ""
"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on"
" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23
msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25
msgid ""
"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to "
"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective "
"mailing list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35
msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of"
" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually "
"created here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45
msgid ""
"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is"
" or will be part of."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`send_emails`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3
msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4
msgid ""
"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to "
"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think "
"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9
msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option "
"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18
msgid ""
"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will "
"be redirected to the following page:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22
msgid ""
"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will "
"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure"
" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then "
"send it only to a personal email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32
msgid ""
"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing "
"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive"
" *any* more emails from you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36
msgid ""
"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for"
" users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email "
"addresses will be shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40
msgid ""
"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50
msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3
msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4
msgid ""
"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of "
"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates"
" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9
msgid "Choose the right target and create the message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12
msgid ""
"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add "
"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21
msgid ""
"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH "
"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these "
"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26
msgid ""
"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by "
"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible "
"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if "
"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the"
" sender (*Send From*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41
msgid ""
"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers "
"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address."
" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a "
"mailing list or contacts as recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51
msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60
msgid ""
"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view."
" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* "
"will delete the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test "
"contacts to avoid errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65
msgid ""
"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the "
"*queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68
msgid ""
"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in "
"the *queue* column in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71
msgid ""
"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout"
" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining "
"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next "
"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on "
"*Retry*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78
msgid "Manage campaigns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing "
"Campaigns*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81
msgid ""
"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing"
" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82
msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92
msgid ""
"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push "
"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those "
"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. "
"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
msgstr ""

6
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid ""
"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if "
"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is "
"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: "
":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report "
"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees "
"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected "
"behaviour."
msgstr ""

350
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@ -21,92 +21,49 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create quotations from tasks"
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9
msgid "Enable the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16
#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize worksheet reports"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3
msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4
msgid ""
"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign "
"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is "
@ -114,235 +71,179 @@ msgid ""
"be charged for the exact right hours and material used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9
msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and "
"*Resume* when you would like to continue."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and "
"add a description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24
msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25
msgid ""
"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same "
"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed "
"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34
msgid ""
"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also "
"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to "
"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41
msgid "Invoice your time and material"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks "
"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it "
"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52
msgid ""
"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to "
":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60
msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping track of stock"
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3
msgid "Keeping Track of Stock"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the "
"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8
msgid "Set up your Field Service project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make"
" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once "
"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated "
"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3
msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see "
"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between "
"employees schedules and interventions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8
msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9
msgid ""
"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been "
"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days"
" in your Gantt view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13
msgid ""
"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the "
"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday"
" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20
msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click "
"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an "
"existing one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29
msgid "Unassigned tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30
msgid ""
"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take "
"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the"
" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and "
"dynamic database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`"
#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders"
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an Itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3
msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4
msgid ""
"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage"
" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan "
"field services tasks from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> "
"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15
msgid ""
"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan "
"Intervention* from tickets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3
msgid "Planning an itinerary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5
msgid ""
"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the "
"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and "
"the workload more efficient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9
msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10
msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email"
" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy "
@ -351,18 +252,135 @@ msgid ""
"token*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24
msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best "
"route."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36
#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view "
"without a Mapbox account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3
msgid "Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4
msgid ""
"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient "
"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow "
"easy for employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16
msgid ""
"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra "
"Quotations*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21
msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3
msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4
msgid ""
"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a"
" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first "
"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service "
"price to be approved before the work even starts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing "
"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: "
"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: "
"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project"
" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the "
"respective project you have chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets"
" Templates* under the same project and product, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3
msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4
msgid ""
"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to"
" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It "
"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed "
"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable "
":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18
msgid "Designing worksheets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on "
"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to"
" the *Studio* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27
msgid ""
"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report "
"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an "
"overview of the work done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30
msgid ""
"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been "
"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under "
"that given template and generates a graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-"
"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

370
locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Thiago Alves Cavalcante <thiagoalcav@gmail.com>, 2020\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@ -47,52 +47,51 @@ msgstr "Como permitir que os usuários façam login com suas Contas do Google"
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
"Then click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
@ -179,7 +178,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid ""
"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
msgstr ""
@ -269,19 +268,19 @@ msgid ""
"already done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21
msgid "How to adapt the template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23
msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
@ -289,17 +288,17 @@ msgid ""
"corresponding field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38
msgid ""
"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
"on the very next time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43
msgid "How to import from another application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
@ -309,18 +308,18 @@ msgid ""
" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53
msgid ""
"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
"whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61
msgid ""
"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
@ -331,18 +330,18 @@ msgid ""
" default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
"complete list of fields for each column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
@ -352,7 +351,7 @@ msgid ""
"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
@ -360,7 +359,7 @@ msgid ""
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
@ -368,11 +367,11 @@ msgid ""
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
@ -382,56 +381,56 @@ msgid ""
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
@ -439,100 +438,101 @@ msgid ""
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check "
"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> "
"Encoding tab`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
@ -540,13 +540,13 @@ msgid ""
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
@ -555,23 +555,23 @@ msgid ""
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
":download:`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
":download:`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
@ -582,20 +582,20 @@ msgid ""
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
@ -603,64 +603,64 @@ msgid ""
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some "
"quotations you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
":download:`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
":download:`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
@ -670,17 +670,17 @@ msgid ""
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
@ -688,11 +688,11 @@ msgid ""
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
@ -700,57 +700,56 @@ msgid ""
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
@ -758,6 +757,79 @@ msgid ""
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3
msgid "Developer Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8
msgid "Through the Settings application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate"
" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20
msgid ""
"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23
msgid "Through a browser extension"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26
msgid ""
"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo "
"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your "
"toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28
msgid ""
"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of "
"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use"
" a single click."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35
msgid "Through the URL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37
msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44
msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47
msgid "Locate the mode tools"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49
msgid ""
"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* "
"button, located on the header of your pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3
msgid "In-App Purchase"
msgstr ""
@ -766,100 +838,102 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5
msgid ""
"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For"
" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by "
"post directly from my database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9
msgid "Buying Credits"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11
msgid ""
"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. "
"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> "
"Odoo IAP > View my Services*."
"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19
msgid ""
"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit "
"from free credits to test our IAP features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
msgid "IAP accounts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25
msgid ""
"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific "
"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all "
"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app "
"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*."
"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the "
":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34
msgid "IAP Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36
msgid ""
"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible "
"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my"
" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a "
"reminder to when credits are low."
"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From "
"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my "
"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44
msgid "Get notified when credits are low"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
msgid ""
"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP "
"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service"
" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum"
" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is "
"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!"
"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my "
"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. "
"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, "
"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to "
"by email!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56
msgid "IAP services available"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58
msgid ""
"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your "
"Database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60
msgid ""
"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used "
"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by "
"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66
msgid "Offering my own services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47
#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68
msgid ""
"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is"
" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use"
" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, "
"find more information at: `In-App Purchase "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_"
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
@ -904,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"Refer to our `Pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
@ -917,7 +991,7 @@ msgid ""
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More